From 542cc520246f601aa96df4b57c69ca21a491ad01 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ivan Ivanov Date: Mon, 2 Jan 2023 19:40:52 +0200 Subject: [PATCH] itnit --- Marlin/Configuration.h | 2550 ++++++------------------ Marlin/Configuration_adv.h | 3824 ++++++------------------------------ platformio.ini | 2 +- 3 files changed, 1193 insertions(+), 5183 deletions(-) diff --git a/Marlin/Configuration.h b/Marlin/Configuration.h index 8e3312a44a813..e6a7515f9507f 100644 --- a/Marlin/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/Configuration.h @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -16,10 +16,9 @@ * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . + * along with this program. If not, see . * */ -#pragma once /** * Configuration.h @@ -34,34 +33,58 @@ * - Extra features * * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h + * */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 02010200 +#ifndef CONFIGURATION_H +#define CONFIGURATION_H +#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 010109 //=========================================================================== //============================= Getting Started ============================= //=========================================================================== /** - * Here are some useful links to help get your machine configured and calibrated: - * - * Example Configs: https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Configurations/branches/all - * - * Průša Calculator: https://blog.prusaprinters.org/calculator_3416/ - * - * Calibration Guides: https://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * https://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * https://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk + * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: * - * Calibration Objects: https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:1278865 + * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration + * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk + * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz + * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide + * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 + * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap + * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 */ +//=========================================================================== +//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== +//=========================================================================== +// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the +// example_configurations/delta directory and customize for your machine. +// + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== +//=========================================================================== +// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in +// example_configurations/SCARA and customize for your machine. +// + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= HANGPRINTER ================================= +//=========================================================================== +// For a Hangprinter start with the configuration file in the +// example_configurations/hangprinter directory and customize for your machine. +// + // @section info -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 +// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during +// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this +// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware. #define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) +#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN +#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1 +#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2 /** * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** @@ -74,36 +97,25 @@ * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. */ -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. +// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. //#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. +// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. //#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE // @section machine -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - /** * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. + * Serial port 0 is always used by the Arduino bootloader regardless of this setting. * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] + * :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] */ #define SERIAL_PORT 0 /** - * Serial Port Baud Rate - * This is the default communication speed for all serial ports. - * Set the baud rate defaults for additional serial ports below. + * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. * * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. @@ -113,152 +125,53 @@ */ #define BAUDRATE 250000 -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE // Enable G-code M575 to set the baud rate - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * Currently Ethernet (-2) is only supported on Teensy 4.1 boards. - * :[-2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 -//#define BAUDRATE_2 250000 // :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] Enable to override BAUDRATE - -/** - * Select a third serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * Currently only supported for AVR, DUE, LPC1768/9 and STM32/STM32F1 - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_3 1 -//#define BAUDRATE_3 250000 // :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] Enable to override BAUDRATE - // Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices //#define BLUETOOTH -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu +// The following define selects which electronics board you have. +// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup +#ifndef MOTHERBOARD + #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB +#endif + +// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine +// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message //#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like https://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 +// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines) +// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4) //#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" -// @section stepper drivers - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * Use TMC2208/TMC2208_STANDALONE for TMC2225 drivers and TMC2209/TMC2209_STANDALONE for TMC2226 drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define I_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define J_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define K_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define U_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define V_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define W_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E6_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E7_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -/** - * Additional Axis Settings - * - * Define AXISn_ROTATES for all axes that rotate or pivot. - * Rotational axis coordinates are expressed in degrees. - * - * AXISn_NAME defines the letter used to refer to the axis in (most) G-code commands. - * By convention the names and roles are typically: - * 'A' : Rotational axis parallel to X - * 'B' : Rotational axis parallel to Y - * 'C' : Rotational axis parallel to Z - * 'U' : Secondary linear axis parallel to X - * 'V' : Secondary linear axis parallel to Y - * 'W' : Secondary linear axis parallel to Z - * - * Regardless of these settings the axes are internally named I, J, K, U, V, W. - */ -#ifdef I_DRIVER_TYPE - #define AXIS4_NAME 'A' // :['A', 'B', 'C', 'U', 'V', 'W'] - #define AXIS4_ROTATES -#endif -#ifdef J_DRIVER_TYPE - #define AXIS5_NAME 'B' // :['B', 'C', 'U', 'V', 'W'] - #define AXIS5_ROTATES -#endif -#ifdef K_DRIVER_TYPE - #define AXIS6_NAME 'C' // :['C', 'U', 'V', 'W'] - #define AXIS6_ROTATES -#endif -#ifdef U_DRIVER_TYPE - #define AXIS7_NAME 'U' // :['U', 'V', 'W'] - //#define AXIS7_ROTATES -#endif -#ifdef V_DRIVER_TYPE - #define AXIS8_NAME 'V' // :['V', 'W'] - //#define AXIS8_ROTATES -#endif -#ifdef W_DRIVER_TYPE - #define AXIS9_NAME 'W' // :['W'] - //#define AXIS9_ROTATES -#endif - // @section extruder // This defines the number of extruders -// :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8] +// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5] #define EXTRUDERS 1 // Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 +#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 // For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. //#define SINGLENOZZLE -// Save and restore temperature and fan speed on tool-change. -// Set standby for the unselected tool with M104/106/109 T... -#if ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) - //#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_TEMP - //#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_FAN -#endif - -// @section multi-material - /** - * Multi-Material Unit - * Set to one of these predefined models: - * - * PRUSA_MMU1 : Průša MMU1 (The "multiplexer" version) - * PRUSA_MMU2 : Průša MMU2 - * PRUSA_MMU2S : Průša MMU2S (Requires MK3S extruder with motion sensor, EXTRUDERS = 5) - * EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2 : MMU with configurable number of filaments (ERCF, SMuFF or similar with Průša MMU2 compatible firmware) - * EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2S : MMUS with configurable number of filaments (ERCF, SMuFF or similar with Průša MMU2 compatible firmware) - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * See additional options in Configuration_adv.h. - * :["PRUSA_MMU1", "PRUSA_MMU2", "PRUSA_MMU2S", "EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2", "EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2S"] + * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. + * + * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive + * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable + * for extruders. + * + * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. + * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. */ -//#define MMU_MODEL PRUSA_MMU2 +//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER +#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) + // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. + // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. + //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required + //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 steppers + //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 steppers +#endif // A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor //#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER @@ -270,100 +183,27 @@ #endif #endif -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles +// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one of the nozzles //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_DWELL 2500 // Dwell time to wait for servo to make physical move + #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 + //#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.0 } #endif /** * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. + * via a magnetic docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. */ //#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - +#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // Delay (ms) for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/min) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/min) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/min) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/min) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SECURITY_RAISE 5 // Z-raise before parking + #define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 1.3 } // Z-offsets of the two hotends. The first must be 0. #endif /** @@ -379,345 +219,185 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - //#define MIXING_PRESETS // Assign 8 default V-tool presets for 2 or 3 MIXING_STEPPERS - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the X axis +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the Y axis -// @section psu control +// @section machine /** - * Power Supply Control + * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. + * 0 = No Power Switch + * 1 = ATX + * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC) + * + * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' } */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - //#define MKS_PWC // Using the MKS PWC add-on - //#define PS_OFF_CONFIRM // Confirm dialog when power off - //#define PS_OFF_SOUND // Beep 1s when power off - #define PSU_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set 'LOW' for ATX, 'HIGH' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - //#define LED_POWEROFF_TIMEOUT 10000 // (ms) Turn off LEDs after power-off, with this amount of delay +#define POWER_SUPPLY 0 - //#define POWER_OFF_TIMER // Enable M81 D to power off after a delay - //#define POWER_OFF_WAIT_FOR_COOLDOWN // Enable M81 S to power off only after cooldown +#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0 + // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup. + // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80. + //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF - //#define PSU_POWERUP_GCODE "M355 S1" // G-code to run after power-on (e.g., case light on) - //#define PSU_POWEROFF_GCODE "M355 S0" // G-code to run before power-off (e.g., case light off) - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin + //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power + #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - #define AUTO_POWER_COOLER_FAN - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 // (s) Turn off power if the machine is idle for this duration - //#define POWER_OFF_DELAY 60 // (s) Delay of poweroff after M81 command. Useful to let fans run for extra time. - #endif - #if EITHER(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL, POWER_OFF_WAIT_FOR_COOLDOWN) - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) PSU on if any extruder is over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) PSU on if the chamber is over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_COOLER_TEMP 26 // (°C) PSU on if the cooler is over this temperature + #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 #endif + #endif +// @section temperature + //=========================================================================== //============================= Thermal Settings ============================ //=========================================================================== -// @section temperature /** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kΩ PULLUP!-- 1kΩ pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table + * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table * * Temperature sensors available: * - * SPI RTD/Thermocouple Boards - IMPORTANT: Read the NOTE below! - * ------- - * -5 : MAX31865 with Pt100/Pt1000, 2, 3, or 4-wire (only for sensors 0-1) - * NOTE: You must uncomment/set the MAX31865_*_OHMS_n defines below. - * -3 : MAX31855 with Thermocouple, -200°C to +700°C (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : MAX6675 with Thermocouple, 0°C to +700°C (only for sensors 0-1) - * - * NOTE: Ensure TEMP_n_CS_PIN is set in your pins file for each TEMP_SENSOR_n using an SPI Thermocouple. By default, - * Hardware SPI on the default serial bus is used. If you have also set TEMP_n_SCK_PIN and TEMP_n_MISO_PIN, - * Software SPI will be used on those ports instead. You can force Hardware SPI on the default bus in the - * Configuration_adv.h file. At this time, separate Hardware SPI buses for sensors are not supported. - * - * Analog Themocouple Boards - * ------- - * -4 : AD8495 with Thermocouple - * -1 : AD595 with Thermocouple - * - * Analog Thermistors - 4.7kΩ pullup - Normal - * ------- - * 1 : 100kΩ EPCOS - Best choice for EPCOS thermistors - * 331 : 100kΩ Same as #1, but 3.3V scaled for MEGA - * 332 : 100kΩ Same as #1, but 3.3V scaled for DUE - * 2 : 200kΩ ATC Semitec 204GT-2 - * 202 : 200kΩ Copymaster 3D - * 3 : ???Ω Mendel-parts thermistor - * 4 : 10kΩ Generic Thermistor !! DO NOT use for a hotend - it gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100kΩ ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G - Used in ParCan, J-Head, and E3D, SliceEngineering 300°C - * 501 : 100kΩ Zonestar - Tronxy X3A - * 502 : 100kΩ Zonestar - used by hot bed in Zonestar Průša P802M - * 503 : 100kΩ Zonestar (Z8XM2) Heated Bed thermistor - * 504 : 100kΩ Zonestar P802QR2 (Part# QWG-104F-B3950) Hotend Thermistor - * 505 : 100kΩ Zonestar P802QR2 (Part# QWG-104F-3950) Bed Thermistor - * 512 : 100kΩ RPW-Ultra hotend - * 6 : 100kΩ EPCOS - Not as accurate as table #1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) - * 7 : 100kΩ Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01 - * 71 : 100kΩ Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01 - * 8 : 100kΩ Vishay 0603 SMD NTCS0603E3104FXT - * 9 : 100kΩ GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 - * 10 : 100kΩ RS PRO 198-961 - * 11 : 100kΩ Keenovo AC silicone mats, most Wanhao i3 machines - beta 3950, 1% - * 12 : 100kΩ Vishay 0603 SMD NTCS0603E3104FXT (#8) - calibrated for Makibox hot bed - * 13 : 100kΩ Hisens up to 300°C - for "Simple ONE" & "All In ONE" hotend - beta 3950, 1% - * 15 : 100kΩ Calibrated for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : 200kΩ ATC Semitec 204GT-2 Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 22 : 100kΩ GTM32 Pro vB - hotend - 4.7kΩ pullup to 3.3V and 220Ω to analog input - * 23 : 100kΩ GTM32 Pro vB - bed - 4.7kΩ pullup to 3.3v and 220Ω to analog input - * 30 : 100kΩ Kis3d Silicone heating mat 200W/300W with 6mm precision cast plate (EN AW 5083) NTC100K - beta 3950 - * 60 : 100kΩ Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor - beta 3950 - * 61 : 100kΩ Formbot/Vivedino 350°C Thermistor - beta 3950 - * 66 : 4.7MΩ Dyze Design / Trianglelab T-D500 500°C High Temperature Thermistor - * 67 : 500kΩ SliceEngineering 450°C Thermistor - * 68 : PT100 amplifier board from Dyze Design - * 70 : 100kΩ bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100kΩ Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC100K MGB18-104F39050L32 - * 2000 : 100kΩ Ultimachine Rambo TDK NTCG104LH104KT1 NTC100K motherboard Thermistor - * - * Analog Thermistors - 1kΩ pullup - Atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7kΩ pullup for 1kΩ. - * ------- (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100kΩ EPCOS (1kΩ pullup) - * 52 : 200kΩ ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1kΩ pullup) - * 55 : 100kΩ ATC Semitec 104GT-2 - Used in ParCan & J-Head (1kΩ pullup) - * - * Analog Thermistors - 10kΩ pullup - Atypical - * ------- - * 99 : 100kΩ Found on some Wanhao i3 machines with a 10kΩ pull-up resistor - * - * Analog RTDs (Pt100/Pt1000) - * ------- - * 110 : Pt100 with 1kΩ pullup (atypical) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4.7kΩ pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1kΩ pullup (atypical) - * 1022 : Pt1000 with 2.2kΩ pullup - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4.7kΩ pullup (E3D) - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with mainboard ADC reference voltage = INA826 amplifier-board supply voltage. - * NOTE: (1) Must use an ADC input with no pullup. (2) Some INA826 amplifiers are unreliable at 3.3V so consider using sensor 147, 110, or 21. - * 21 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with 3.3v ADC reference voltage (STM32, LPC176x....) and 5V INA826 amplifier board supply. - * NOTE: ADC pins are not 5V tolerant. Not recommended because it's possible to damage the CPU by going over 500°C. - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * - * Custom/Dummy/Other Thermal Sensors - * ------ + * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 + * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) + * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) + * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 * 0 : not used - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * !!! Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. !!! + * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) + * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) + * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) + * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! + * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) + * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor + * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) + * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) + * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) + * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) + * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) + * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) + * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) + * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) + * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" + * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend + * 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x + * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 + * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design + * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 + * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor + * + * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. + * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) + * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) + * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) + * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) + * + * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup + * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) + * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup + * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) + * + * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. * + * :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" } */ #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 #define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 #define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 #define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_6 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_7 0 #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE 0 #define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT 0 // Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 +#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 #define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 -// Resistor values when using MAX31865 sensors (-5) on TEMP_SENSOR_0 / 1 -#if TEMP_SENSOR_IS_MAX_TC(0) - #define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_0 100 // (Ω) Typically 100 or 1000 (PT100 or PT1000) - #define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_0 430 // (Ω) Typically 430 for Adafruit PT100; 4300 for Adafruit PT1000 -#endif -#if TEMP_SENSOR_IS_MAX_TC(1) - #define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_1 100 - #define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_1 430 -#endif -#if TEMP_SENSOR_IS_MAX_TC(2) - #define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_2 100 - #define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_2 430 -#endif - -#if HAS_E_TEMP_SENSOR - #define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 - #define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer - #define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 - #define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer - #define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for chamber to "settle" in M191 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target -#endif - -/** - * Redundant Temperature Sensor (TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT) - * - * Use a temp sensor as a redundant sensor for another reading. Select an unused temperature sensor, and another - * sensor you'd like it to be redundant for. If the two thermistors differ by TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT_MAX_DIFF (°C), - * the print will be aborted. Whichever sensor is selected will have its normal functions disabled; i.e. selecting - * the Bed sensor (-1) will disable bed heating/monitoring. - * - * For selecting source/target use: COOLER, PROBE, BOARD, CHAMBER, BED, E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7 - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT - #define TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT_SOURCE E1 // The sensor that will provide the redundant reading. - #define TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT_TARGET E0 // The sensor that we are providing a redundant reading for. - #define TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT_MAX_DIFF 10 // (°C) Temperature difference that will trigger a print abort. -#endif - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_6_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_7_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 -#define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) +// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings +// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. +//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT +#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 + +// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success +#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) +#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one +#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early. + +// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success +#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) +#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one +#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early. + +// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used +// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken. +// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time. +#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 +#define BED_MINTEMP 5 + +// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off. +// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure! +// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection. #define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 #define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 #define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 #define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 #define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_6_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_7_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 -#define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - -/** - * Thermal Overshoot - * During heatup (and printing) the temperature can often "overshoot" the target by many degrees - * (especially before PID tuning). Setting the target temperature too close to MAXTEMP guarantees - * a MAXTEMP shutdown! Use these values to forbid temperatures being set too close to MAXTEMP. - */ -#define HOTEND_OVERSHOOT 15 // (°C) Forbid temperatures over MAXTEMP - OVERSHOOT -#define BED_OVERSHOOT 10 // (°C) Forbid temperatures over MAXTEMP - OVERSHOOT -#define COOLER_OVERSHOOT 2 // (°C) Forbid temperatures closer than OVERSHOOT +#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 //=========================================================================== //============================= PID Settings ================================ //=========================================================================== +// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning -// @section hotend temp - -// Enable PIDTEMP for PID control or MPCTEMP for Predictive Model. -// temperature control. Disable both for bang-bang heating. -#define PIDTEMP // See the PID Tuning Guide at https://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning -//#define MPCTEMP // ** EXPERIMENTAL ** - +// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. +#define PIDTEMP #define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current #define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current #define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop - #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Print PID debug data to the serial port. Use 'M303 D' to toggle activation. - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Use separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with G-code: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - - #if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND) - // Specify up to one value per hotend here, according to your setup. - // If there are fewer values, the last one applies to the remaining hotends. - #define DEFAULT_Kp_LIST { 22.20, 22.20 } - #define DEFAULT_Ki_LIST { 1.08, 1.08 } - #define DEFAULT_Kd_LIST { 114.00, 114.00 } - #else - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.20 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114.00 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Model Predictive Control for hotend - * - * Use a physical model of the hotend to control temperature. When configured correctly - * this gives better responsiveness and stability than PID and it also removes the need - * for PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING and PID_FAN_SCALING. Use M306 T to autotune the model. - * @section mpctemp - */ -#if ENABLED(MPCTEMP) - //#define MPC_EDIT_MENU // Add MPC editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~1300 bytes of flash) - //#define MPC_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add MPC auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~350 bytes of flash) - - #define MPC_MAX BANG_MAX // (0..255) Current to nozzle while MPC is active. - #define MPC_HEATER_POWER { 40.0f } // (W) Heat cartridge powers. - - #define MPC_INCLUDE_FAN // Model the fan speed? + //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID Autotune to the LCD "Temperature" menu to run M303 and apply the result. + //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. + //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX + //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay + //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) + // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] + #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature + // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - // Measured physical constants from M306 - #define MPC_BLOCK_HEAT_CAPACITY { 16.7f } // (J/K) Heat block heat capacities. - #define MPC_SENSOR_RESPONSIVENESS { 0.22f } // (K/s per ∆K) Rate of change of sensor temperature from heat block. - #define MPC_AMBIENT_XFER_COEFF { 0.068f } // (W/K) Heat transfer coefficients from heat block to room air with fan off. - #if ENABLED(MPC_INCLUDE_FAN) - #define MPC_AMBIENT_XFER_COEFF_FAN255 { 0.097f } // (W/K) Heat transfer coefficients from heat block to room air with fan on full. - #endif + // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - // For one fan and multiple hotends MPC needs to know how to apply the fan cooling effect. - #if ENABLED(MPC_INCLUDE_FAN) - //#define MPC_FAN_0_ALL_HOTENDS - //#define MPC_FAN_0_ACTIVE_HOTEND - #endif + // Ultimaker + #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 + #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 + #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - #define FILAMENT_HEAT_CAPACITY_PERMM { 5.6e-3f } // 0.0056 J/K/mm for 1.75mm PLA (0.0149 J/K/mm for 2.85mm PLA). - //#define FILAMENT_HEAT_CAPACITY_PERMM { 3.6e-3f } // 0.0036 J/K/mm for 1.75mm PETG (0.0094 J/K/mm for 2.85mm PETG). + // MakerGear + //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 + //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 + //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - // Advanced options - #define MPC_SMOOTHING_FACTOR 0.5f // (0.0...1.0) Noisy temperature sensors may need a lower value for stabilization. - #define MPC_MIN_AMBIENT_CHANGE 1.0f // (K/s) Modeled ambient temperature rate of change, when correcting model inaccuracies. - #define MPC_STEADYSTATE 0.5f // (K/s) Temperature change rate for steady state logic to be enforced. + // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V + //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 + //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 + //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - #define MPC_TUNING_POS { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER, 1.0f } // (mm) M306 Autotuning position, ideally bed center at first layer height. - #define MPC_TUNING_END_Z 10.0f // (mm) M306 Autotuning final Z position. -#endif +#endif // PIDTEMP //=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== +//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control =============== //=========================================================================== /** @@ -732,7 +412,6 @@ * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - * @section bed temp */ //#define PIDTEMPBED @@ -747,74 +426,25 @@ #define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current #if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Print Bed PID debug data to the serial port. - // 120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - // from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) + //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. + + //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) + //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 + //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) + //from pidautotune + //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 + //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 + //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 + // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. #endif // PIDTEMPBED -//=========================================================================== -//==================== PID > Chamber Temperature Control ==================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Chamber Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable - * hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 200W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use chamber PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - * @section chamber temp - */ -//#define PIDTEMPCHAMBER -//#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Chamber Power - * Applies to all forms of chamber control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the chamber heater that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your heater. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPCHAMBER) - */ -#define MAX_CHAMBER_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to chamber heater; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPCHAMBER) - #define MIN_CHAMBER_POWER 0 - //#define PID_CHAMBER_DEBUG // Print Chamber PID debug data to the serial port. - - // Lasko "MyHeat Personal Heater" (200w) modified with a Fotek SSR-10DA to control only the heating element - // and placed inside the small Creality printer enclosure tent. - // - #define DEFAULT_chamberKp 37.04 - #define DEFAULT_chamberKi 1.40 - #define DEFAULT_chamberKd 655.17 - // M309 P37.04 I1.04 D655.17 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-2 C8 S50" to run autotune on the chamber at 50 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPCHAMBER - -#if ANY(PIDTEMP, PIDTEMPBED, PIDTEMPCHAMBER) - //#define PID_OPENLOOP // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of flash) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of flash) -#endif - -// @section safety +// @section extruder /** * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. @@ -852,8 +482,6 @@ #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER // Enable thermal protection for the laser cooling //=========================================================================== //============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= @@ -861,7 +489,7 @@ // @section machine -// Enable one of the options below for CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics, +// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics // either in the usual order or reversed //#define COREXY //#define COREXZ @@ -869,165 +497,12 @@ //#define COREYX //#define COREZX //#define COREZY -//#define MARKFORGED_XY // MarkForged. See https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?152,504042 -//#define MARKFORGED_YX - -// Enable for a belt style printer with endless "Z" motion -//#define BELTPRINTER - -// Enable for Polargraph Kinematics -//#define POLARGRAPH -#if ENABLED(POLARGRAPH) - #define POLARGRAPH_MAX_BELT_LEN 1035.0 - #define DEFAULT_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 5 -#endif - -// @section delta - -// Enable for DELTA kinematics and configure below -//#define DELTA -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DEFAULT_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // Add three-point calibration to the MarlinUI menu. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - //#define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // G33 Delta Auto-Calibration. Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results. - //#define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // Default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Step size for paper-test probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 140.0 // (mm) - - // Maximum reachable area - #define DELTA_MAX_RADIUS 140.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 250.0 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 250.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 124.0 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } -#endif - -// @section scara - -/** - * MORGAN_SCARA was developed by QHARLEY in South Africa in 2012-2013. - * Implemented and slightly reworked by JCERNY in June, 2014. - * - * Mostly Printed SCARA is an open source design by Tyler Williams. See: - * https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2487048 - * https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:1241491 - */ -//#define MORGAN_SCARA -//#define MP_SCARA -#if EITHER(MORGAN_SCARA, MP_SCARA) - // If movement is choppy try lowering this value - #define DEFAULT_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 - - // Length of inner and outer support arms. Measure arm lengths precisely. - #define SCARA_LINKAGE_1 150 // (mm) - #define SCARA_LINKAGE_2 150 // (mm) - - // SCARA tower offset (position of Tower relative to bed zero position) - // This needs to be reasonably accurate as it defines the printbed position in the SCARA space. - #define SCARA_OFFSET_X 100 // (mm) - #define SCARA_OFFSET_Y -56 // (mm) - - #if ENABLED(MORGAN_SCARA) - - //#define DEBUG_SCARA_KINEMATICS - #define SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING // Convert XY feedrate from mm/s to degrees/s on the fly - - // Radius around the center where the arm cannot reach - #define MIDDLE_DEAD_ZONE_R 0 // (mm) - - #define THETA_HOMING_OFFSET 0 // Calculated from Calibration Guide and M360 / M114. See http://reprap.harleystudio.co.za/?page_id=1073 - #define PSI_HOMING_OFFSET 0 // Calculated from Calibration Guide and M364 / M114. See http://reprap.harleystudio.co.za/?page_id=1073 - - #elif ENABLED(MP_SCARA) - - #define SCARA_OFFSET_THETA1 12 // degrees - #define SCARA_OFFSET_THETA2 131 // degrees - - #endif - -#endif - -// @section tpara - -// Enable for TPARA kinematics and configure below -//#define AXEL_TPARA -#if ENABLED(AXEL_TPARA) - #define DEBUG_TPARA_KINEMATICS - #define DEFAULT_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 - - // Length of inner and outer support arms. Measure arm lengths precisely. - #define TPARA_LINKAGE_1 120 // (mm) - #define TPARA_LINKAGE_2 120 // (mm) - - // SCARA tower offset (position of Tower relative to bed zero position) - // This needs to be reasonably accurate as it defines the printbed position in the SCARA space. - #define TPARA_OFFSET_X 0 // (mm) - #define TPARA_OFFSET_Y 0 // (mm) - #define TPARA_OFFSET_Z 0 // (mm) - - #define SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING // Convert XY feedrate from mm/s to degrees/s on the fly - - // Radius around the center where the arm cannot reach - #define MIDDLE_DEAD_ZONE_R 0 // (mm) - - // Calculated from Calibration Guide and M360 / M114. See http://reprap.harleystudio.co.za/?page_id=1073 - #define THETA_HOMING_OFFSET 0 - #define PSI_HOMING_OFFSET 0 -#endif - -// @section machine - -// Articulated robot (arm). Joints are directly mapped to axes with no kinematics. -//#define ARTICULATED_ROBOT_ARM - -// For a hot wire cutter with parallel horizontal axes (X, I) where the heights of the two wire -// ends are controlled by parallel axes (Y, J). Joints are directly mapped to axes (no kinematics). -//#define FOAMCUTTER_XYUV //=========================================================================== //============================== Endstop Settings =========================== //=========================================================================== -// @section endstops +// @section homing // Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. // Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the @@ -1035,113 +510,78 @@ #define USE_XMIN_PLUG #define USE_YMIN_PLUG #define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_IMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_JMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_KMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_UMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_VMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_WMIN_PLUG //#define USE_XMAX_PLUG //#define USE_YMAX_PLUG //#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_IMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_JMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_KMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_UMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_VMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_WMAX_PLUG // Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state #define ENDSTOPPULLUPS #if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_IMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_JMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_KMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_UMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_VMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_WMIN //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_IMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_JMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_KMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_UMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_VMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_WMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE #endif -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_IMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_JMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_KMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_UMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_VMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_WMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_IMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_JMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_KMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_UMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_VMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_WMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define I_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define J_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define K_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define U_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define V_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define W_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define I_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define J_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define K_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define U_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define V_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define W_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. +#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. + +/** + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. + * + * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, + * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, + * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, + * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE + * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] + */ +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. //#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE /** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. + * Endstop Noise Filter * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor in parallel with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] + * Enable this option if endstops falsely trigger due to noise. + * NOTE: Enabling this feature means adds an error of +/-0.2mm, so homing + * will end up at a slightly different position on each G28. This will also + * reduce accuracy of some bed probes. + * For mechanical switches, the better approach to reduce noise is to install + * a 100 nanofarads ceramic capacitor in parallel with the switch, making it + * essentially noise-proof without sacrificing accuracy. + * This option also increases MCU load when endstops or the probe are enabled. + * So this is not recommended. USE AT YOUR OWN RISK. + * (This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs + * based on the Makerbot design, since they already include the 100nF capacitor.) */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -// Check for stuck or disconnected endstops during homing moves. -//#define DETECT_BROKEN_ENDSTOP +//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_FILTER //============================================================================= //============================== Movement Settings ============================ @@ -1164,39 +604,29 @@ //#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS /** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (linear=steps/mm, rotational=steps/°) + * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]] + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]] */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 500 } +#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } /** - * Default Max Feed Rate (linear=mm/s, rotational=°/s) + * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]] + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]] */ #define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - /** - * Default Max Acceleration (speed change with time) (linear=mm/(s^2), rotational=°/(s^2)) + * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]] + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]] */ #define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - /** - * Default Acceleration (speed change with time) (linear=mm/(s^2), rotational=°/(s^2)) + * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s * Override with M204 * * M204 P Acceleration @@ -1208,47 +638,17 @@ #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves /** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z . . . E + * Default Jerk (mm/s) + * Override with M205 X Y Z E * * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - //#define DEFAULT_IJERK 0.3 - //#define DEFAULT_JJERK 0.3 - //#define DEFAULT_KJERK 0.3 - //#define DEFAULT_UJERK 0.3 - //#define DEFAULT_VJERK 0.3 - //#define DEFAULT_WJERK 0.3 - - //#define TRAVEL_EXTRA_XYJERK 0.0 // Additional jerk allowance for all travel moves - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * https://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge - #define JD_HANDLE_SMALL_SEGMENTS // Use curvature estimation instead of just the junction angle - // for small segments (< 1mm) with large junction angles (> 135°). -#endif +#define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 +#define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 +#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 +#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 /** * S-Curve Acceleration @@ -1266,25 +666,22 @@ // @section probes // -// See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html +// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html // /** - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z-MIN pin. - * The probe replaces the Z-MIN endstop and is used for Z homing. - * (Automatically enables USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING.) + * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN + * + * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. */ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN -// Force the use of the probe for Z-axis homing -//#define USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING - /** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN + * Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. + * Enable this option for a probe connected to any pin except Z-Min. + * (By default Marlin assumes the Z-Max endstop pin.) + * To use a custom Z Probe pin, set Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN below. * * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. @@ -1293,8 +690,12 @@ * - For simple switches connect... * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. + * + * WARNING: Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially + * disastrous consequences. Use with caution and do your homework. + * */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default +//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP /** * Probe Type @@ -1309,6 +710,7 @@ * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. */ //#define PROBE_MANUALLY +//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 /** * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. @@ -1316,17 +718,11 @@ */ //#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - /** * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles +//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. +//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles /** * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. @@ -1334,32 +730,18 @@ //#define BLTOUCH /** - * MagLev V4 probe by MDD - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by powering a built-in electromagnet. - */ -//#define MAGLEV4 -#if ENABLED(MAGLEV4) - //#define MAGLEV_TRIGGER_PIN 11 // Set to the connected digital output - #define MAGLEV_TRIGGER_DELAY 15 // Changing this risks overheating the coil -#endif - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. + * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. + * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical + * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. + * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve + * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) +//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing +#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) + //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) #endif +//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing +//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) //#define SOLENOID_PROBE @@ -1368,183 +750,49 @@ //#define Z_PROBE_SLED //#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Magnetically Mounted Probe - * For probes such as Euclid, Klicky, Klackender, etc. - */ -//#define MAG_MOUNTED_PROBE -#if ENABLED(MAG_MOUNTED_PROBE) - #define PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE (133*60) // (mm/min) Probe deploy speed - #define PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE (133*60) // (mm/min) Probe stow speed - - #define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_1 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, { 245, 114, 30 } } // Move to side Dock & Attach probe - #define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_2 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, { 210, 114, 30 } } // Move probe off dock - #define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_3 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, { 0, 0, 0 } } // Extra move if needed - #define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_4 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, { 0, 0, 0 } } // Extra move if needed - #define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_5 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, { 0, 0, 0 } } // Extra move if needed - #define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_1 { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE, { 245, 114, 20 } } // Move to dock - #define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_2 { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE, { 245, 114, 0 } } // Place probe beside remover - #define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_3 { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE, { 230, 114, 0 } } // Side move to remove probe - #define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_4 { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE, { 210, 114, 20 } } // Side move to remove probe - #define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_5 { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE, { 0, 0, 0 } } // Extra move if needed -#endif - -// Duet Smart Effector (for delta printers) - https://bit.ly/2ul5U7J -// When the pin is defined you can use M672 to set/reset the probe sensitivity. -//#define DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR -#if ENABLED(DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR) - #define SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN -1 // Connect a GPIO pin to the Smart Effector MOD pin -#endif - -/** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * Requires stallGuard-capable Trinamic stepper drivers. - * CAUTION: This can damage machines with Z lead screws. - * Take extreme care when setting up this feature. - */ -//#define SENSORLESS_PROBING - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - https://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY +// +// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. +// /** - * Nozzle-to-Probe offsets { X, Y, Z } - * - * X and Y offset - * Use a caliper or ruler to measure the distance from the tip of - * the Nozzle to the center-point of the Probe in the X and Y axes. - * - * Z offset - * - For the Z offset use your best known value and adjust at runtime. - * - Common probes trigger below the nozzle and have negative values for Z offset. - * - Probes triggering above the nozzle height are uncommon but do exist. When using - * probes such as this, carefully set Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE and Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES - * to avoid collisions during probing. - * - * Tune and Adjust - * - Probe Offsets can be tuned at runtime with 'M851', LCD menus, babystepping, etc. - * - PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD (configuration_adv.h) can be used for setting the Z offset. - * - * Assuming the typical work area orientation: - * - Probe to RIGHT of the Nozzle has a Positive X offset - * - Probe to LEFT of the Nozzle has a Negative X offset - * - Probe in BACK of the Nozzle has a Positive Y offset - * - Probe in FRONT of the Nozzle has a Negative Y offset - * - * Some examples: - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, -1 } // Example "1" - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET {-10, 5, -1 } // Example "2" - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 5, -5, -1 } // Example "3" - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET {-15,-10, -1 } // Example "4" - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | [+] | - * L | 1 | R <-- Example "1" (right+, back+) - * E | 2 | I <-- Example "2" ( left-, back+) - * F |[-] N [+]| G <-- Nozzle - * T | 3 | H <-- Example "3" (right+, front-) - * | 4 | T <-- Example "4" ( left-, front-) - * | [-] | - * O-- FRONT --+ + * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). + * X and Y offsets must be integers. + * + * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: + * #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 + * #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 + * + * +-- BACK ---+ + * | | + * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) + * E | | I + * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) + * T | | H + * | (-) | T + * | | + * O-- FRONT --+ + * (0,0) */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } +#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle] +#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle] +#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle] -// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but -// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area. -#define PROBING_MARGIN 10 +// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges +#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/min) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE (133*60) +// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes +#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 -// Feedrate (mm/min) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_FAST (4*60) +// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) +#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z -// Feedrate (mm/min) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_SLOW (Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_FAST / 2) +// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point +#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) -/** - * Probe Activation Switch - * A switch indicating proper deployment, or an optical - * switch triggered when the carriage is near the bed. - */ -//#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH -#if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH) - #define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_STATE LOW // State indicating probe is active - //#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_PIN PC6 // Override default pin -#endif - -/** - * Tare Probe (determine zero-point) prior to each probe. - * Useful for a strain gauge or piezo sensor that needs to factor out - * elements such as cables pulling on the carriage. - */ -//#define PROBE_TARE -#if ENABLED(PROBE_TARE) - #define PROBE_TARE_TIME 200 // (ms) Time to hold tare pin - #define PROBE_TARE_DELAY 200 // (ms) Delay after tare before - #define PROBE_TARE_STATE HIGH // State to write pin for tare - //#define PROBE_TARE_PIN PA5 // Override default pin - #if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH) - //#define PROBE_TARE_ONLY_WHILE_INACTIVE // Fail to tare/probe if PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH is active - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Probe Enable / Disable - * The probe only provides a triggered signal when enabled. - */ -//#define PROBE_ENABLE_DISABLE -#if ENABLED(PROBE_ENABLE_DISABLE) - //#define PROBE_ENABLE_PIN -1 // Override the default pin here -#endif - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ +// The number of probes to perform at each point. +// Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result. +// Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results. //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 /** * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between @@ -1554,7 +802,7 @@ * * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. + * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD. * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. * * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. @@ -1574,81 +822,32 @@ // Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy //#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) - //#define WAIT_FOR_HOTEND // Wait for hotend to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy & prevent cold extrude) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_ESTEPPERS_OFF // Turn all extruder steppers off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn all steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing (including extruders) -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// Require minimum nozzle and/or bed temperature for probing -//#define PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING -#if ENABLED(PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING) - #define PROBING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120 // (°C) Only applies to E0 at this time - #define PROBING_BED_TEMP 50 -#endif - // For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 // :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } #define X_ENABLE_ON 0 #define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 #define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 #define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders -//#define I_ENABLE_ON 0 -//#define J_ENABLE_ON 0 -//#define K_ENABLE_ON 0 -//#define U_ENABLE_ON 0 -//#define V_ENABLE_ON 0 -//#define W_ENABLE_ON 0 - -// Disable axis steppers immediately when they're not being stepped. + +// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. // WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! #define DISABLE_X false #define DISABLE_Y false #define DISABLE_Z false -//#define DISABLE_I false -//#define DISABLE_J false -//#define DISABLE_K false -//#define DISABLE_U false -//#define DISABLE_V false -//#define DISABLE_W false - -// Turn off the display blinking that warns about possible accuracy reduction +// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy //#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING // @section extruder -#define DISABLE_E false // Disable the extruder when not stepping -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled +#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER true // Keep only the active extruder enabled. -// @section motion +// @section machine // Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. #define INVERT_X_DIR false #define INVERT_Y_DIR true #define INVERT_Z_DIR false -//#define INVERT_I_DIR false -//#define INVERT_J_DIR false -//#define INVERT_K_DIR false -//#define INVERT_U_DIR false -//#define INVERT_V_DIR false -//#define INVERT_W_DIR false // @section extruder @@ -1658,64 +857,35 @@ #define INVERT_E2_DIR false #define INVERT_E3_DIR false #define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false -#define INVERT_E6_DIR false -#define INVERT_E7_DIR false // @section homing -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed. Also enable HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE for extra safety. -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated. Also enable NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING for extra safety. - -/** - * Set Z_IDLE_HEIGHT if the Z-Axis moves on its own when steppers are disabled. - * - Use a low value (i.e., Z_MIN_POS) if the nozzle falls down to the bed. - * - Use a large value (i.e., Z_MAX_POS) if the bed falls down, away from the nozzle. - */ -//#define Z_IDLE_HEIGHT Z_HOME_POS +//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure to have this much clearance over your Z_MAX_POS to prevent grinding. +//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. -//#define Z_AFTER_HOMING 10 // (mm) Height to move to after homing Z +//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (in mm) Minimal z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... + // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. // Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN // :[-1,1] #define X_HOME_DIR -1 #define Y_HOME_DIR -1 #define Z_HOME_DIR -1 -//#define I_HOME_DIR -1 -//#define J_HOME_DIR -1 -//#define K_HOME_DIR -1 -//#define U_HOME_DIR -1 -//#define V_HOME_DIR -1 -//#define W_HOME_DIR -1 -// @section geometry +// @section machine -// The size of the printable area +// The size of the print bed #define X_BED_SIZE 200 #define Y_BED_SIZE 200 -// Travel limits (linear=mm, rotational=°) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. +// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. #define X_MIN_POS 0 #define Y_MIN_POS 0 #define Z_MIN_POS 0 #define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE #define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE #define Z_MAX_POS 200 -//#define I_MIN_POS 0 -//#define I_MAX_POS 50 -//#define J_MIN_POS 0 -//#define J_MAX_POS 50 -//#define K_MIN_POS 0 -//#define K_MAX_POS 50 -//#define U_MIN_POS 0 -//#define U_MAX_POS 50 -//#define V_MIN_POS 0 -//#define V_MAX_POS 50 -//#define W_MIN_POS 0 -//#define W_MAX_POS 50 /** * Software Endstops @@ -1732,12 +902,6 @@ #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_I - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_J - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_K - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_U - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_V - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_W #endif // Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds @@ -1746,15 +910,9 @@ #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_I - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_J - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_K - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_U - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_V - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_W #endif -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) +#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD #endif @@ -1762,75 +920,16 @@ * Filament Runout Sensors * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. * - * IMPORTANT: Runout will only trigger if Marlin is aware that a print job is running. - * Marlin knows a print job is running when: - * 1. Running a print job from media started with M24. - * 2. The Print Job Timer has been started with M75. - * 3. The heaters were turned on and PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART is enabled. - * * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. + * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. */ //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define FIL_RUNOUT_ENABLED_DEFAULT true // Enable the sensor on startup. Override with M412 followed by M500. - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - - #define FIL_RUNOUT_STATE LOW // Pin state indicating that filament is NOT present. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - //#define WATCH_ALL_RUNOUT_SENSORS // Execute runout script on any triggering sensor, not only for the active extruder. - // This is automatically enabled for MIXING_EXTRUDERs. - - // Override individually if the runout sensors vary - //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_STATE LOW - //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLUP - //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLDOWN - - //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_STATE LOW - //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLUP - //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLDOWN - - //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_STATE LOW - //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLUP - //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLDOWN - - //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_STATE LOW - //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLUP - //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLDOWN - - //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_STATE LOW - //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLUP - //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLDOWN - - //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_STATE LOW - //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLUP - //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLDOWN - - //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_STATE LOW - //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLUP - //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLDOWN - - //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_STATE LOW - //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLUP - //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLDOWN - - // Commands to execute on filament runout. - // With multiple runout sensors use the %c placeholder for the current tool in commands (e.g., "M600 T%c") - // NOTE: After 'M412 H1' the host handles filament runout and this script does not apply. + #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. + #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif #endif //=========================================================================== @@ -1878,30 +977,10 @@ //#define MESH_BED_LEVELING /** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable one of - * these options to restore the prior leveling state or to always enable - * leveling immediately after G28. + * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable + * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. */ //#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 -//#define ENABLE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Auto-leveling needs preheating - */ -//#define PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING -#if ENABLED(PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING) - #define LEVELING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120 // (°C) Only applies to E0 at this time - #define LEVELING_BED_TEMP 50 -#endif - -/** - * Bed Distance Sensor - * - * Measures the distance from bed to nozzle with accuracy of 0.01mm. - * For information about this sensor https://github.com/markniu/Bed_Distance_sensor - * Uses I2C port, so it requires I2C library markyue/Panda_SoftMasterI2C. - */ -//#define BD_SENSOR /** * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. @@ -1910,27 +989,15 @@ */ //#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, PROBE_MANUALLY) - // Set a height for the start of manual adjustment - #define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 // (mm) Comment out to use the last-measured height -#endif - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - /** - * Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - * at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - * The height can be set with M420 Z - */ +#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, + // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. + // The height can be set with M420 Z #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) - #define DEFAULT_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT 10.0 // (mm) Default fade height. - #endif - /** - * For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - * split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - * contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - */ + // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, + // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the + // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) @@ -1940,22 +1007,25 @@ //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for G26. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for G26. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for G26. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY moves. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 100 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY travel moves. - #define G26_RETRACT_MULTIPLIER 1.0 // G26 Q (retraction) used by default between mesh test elements. + #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. + #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. + #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. #endif #endif -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) +#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) // Set the number of grid points per dimension. #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach). + //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE + //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - MIN_PROBE_EDGE) + //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE + //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - MIN_PROBE_EDGE) + // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST @@ -1989,16 +1059,12 @@ #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - //#define UBL_HILBERT_CURVE // Use Hilbert distribution for less travel when probing multiple points - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used // as the Z-Height correction value. - //#define UBL_MESH_WIZARD // Run several commands in a row to get a complete mesh - #elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) //=========================================================================== @@ -2013,6 +1079,19 @@ #endif // BED_LEVELING +/** + * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. + * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. + */ +#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 + //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 + //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 + //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 + //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 + //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 +#endif + /** * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. @@ -2020,44 +1099,17 @@ //#define LCD_BED_LEVELING #if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points + #define MBL_Z_STEP 0.025 // Step size while manually probing Z axis. + #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment #endif // Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LCD_BED_TRAMMING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_TRAMMING) - #define BED_TRAMMING_INSET_LFRB { 30, 30, 30, 30 } // (mm) Left, Front, Right, Back insets - #define BED_TRAMMING_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - #define BED_TRAMMING_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle between leveling points - //#define BED_TRAMMING_INCLUDE_CENTER // Move to the center after the last corner - //#define BED_TRAMMING_USE_PROBE - #if ENABLED(BED_TRAMMING_USE_PROBE) - #define BED_TRAMMING_PROBE_TOLERANCE 0.1 // (mm) - #define BED_TRAMMING_VERIFY_RAISED // After adjustment triggers the probe, re-probe to verify - //#define BED_TRAMMING_AUDIO_FEEDBACK - #endif +//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - /** - * Corner Leveling Order - * - * Set 2 or 4 points. When 2 points are given, the 3rd is the center of the opposite edge. - * - * LF Left-Front RF Right-Front - * LB Left-Back RB Right-Back - * - * Examples: - * - * Default {LF,RB,LB,RF} {LF,RF} {LB,LF} - * LB --------- RB LB --------- RB LB --------- RB LB --------- RB - * | 4 3 | | 3 2 | | <3> | | 1 | - * | | | | | | | <3>| - * | 1 2 | | 1 4 | | 1 2 | | 2 | - * LF --------- RF LF --------- RF LF --------- RF LF --------- RF - */ - #define BED_TRAMMING_LEVELING_ORDER { LF, RF, RB, LB } +#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners + //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner #endif /** @@ -2066,6 +1118,7 @@ */ //#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" + // @section homing // The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) @@ -2076,32 +1129,26 @@ //#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 //#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 //#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_I_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_J_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_K_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_U_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_V_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_W_HOME_POS 0 -/** - * Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. - * - * - Moves the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z homing. - * - Allows Z homing only when XY positions are known and trusted. - * - If stepper drivers sleep, XY homing may be required again before Z homing. - */ +// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. +// +// With this feature enabled: +// +// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. +// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. +// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). +// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. +// //#define Z_SAFE_HOMING #if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT X_CENTER // X point for Z homing - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT Y_CENTER // Y point for Z homing + #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). + #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). #endif -// Homing speeds (linear=mm/min, rotational=°/min) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_MM_M { (50*60), (50*60), (4*60) } - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS +// Homing speeds (mm/m) +#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) +#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) // @section calibrate @@ -2141,8 +1188,9 @@ #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - // Or, set the XY skew factor directly: - //#define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + // Or, set the default skew factors directly here + // to override the above measurements: + #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) @@ -2151,10 +1199,8 @@ #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the Z skew factors directly: - //#define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - //#define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 #endif // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime @@ -2165,27 +1211,19 @@ //============================= Additional Features =========================== //============================================================================= -// @section eeprom - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of flash. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#define EEPROM_BOOT_SILENT // Keep M503 quiet and only give errors during first load -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. - //#define EEPROM_INIT_NOW // Init EEPROM on first boot after a new build. -#endif +// @section extras -// @section host +// +// EEPROM +// +// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity... +// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM +// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily). +// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to. +// +//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Enable for M500 and M501 commands +//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! +#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. // // Host Keepalive @@ -2197,7 +1235,10 @@ #define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. #define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating -// @section units +// +// M100 Free Memory Watcher +// +//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage // // G20/G21 Inch mode support @@ -2211,23 +1252,15 @@ // @section temperature -// -// Preheat Constants - Up to 10 are supported without changes -// -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" +// Preheat Constants #define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 #define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_CHAMBER 35 #define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" #define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 #define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_CHAMBER 35 #define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 -// @section motion - /** * Nozzle Park * @@ -2242,12 +1275,10 @@ //#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } + // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z } #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_MOVE 0 // Park motion: 0 = XY Move, 1 = X Only, 2 = Y Only, 3 = X before Y, 4 = Y before X - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_RAISE_MIN 2 // (mm) Always raise Z by at least this distance - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) + #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis) + #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers) #endif /** @@ -2286,6 +1317,7 @@ * * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. + * */ //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE @@ -2296,55 +1328,29 @@ // Default number of triangles #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - // Specify positions for each tool as { { X, Y, Z }, { X, Y, Z } } - // Dual hotend system may use { { -20, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }, { 420, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }} - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } } + // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)} + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)} // Circular pattern radius #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 // Circular pattern circle fragments number #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // For a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z - - // For a purge/clean station mounted on the X axis - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Y - - // Require a minimum hotend temperature for cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_MIN_TEMP 170 - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_HEATUP // Heat up the nozzle instead of skipping wipe - - // Explicit wipe G-code script applies to a G12 with no arguments. - //#define WIPE_SEQUENCE_COMMANDS "G1 X-17 Y25 Z10 F4000\nG1 Z1\nM114\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 Z15\nM400\nG0 X-10.0 Y-9.0" + // Middle point of circle + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT + // Moves the nozzle to the initial position + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK #endif -// @section host - /** * Print Job Timer * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M140/M190/M141/M191. - * The print job timer will only be stopped if the bed/chamber target temp is - * below BED_MINTEMP/CHAMBER_MINTEMP. + * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M140 (bed, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * M141 (chamber, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M191 (chamber, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * For M104/M109, high temp is anything over EXTRUDE_MINTEMP / 2. - * For M140/M190, high temp is anything over BED_MINTEMP. - * For M141/M191, high temp is anything over CHAMBER_MINTEMP. + * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer + * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer + * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none * * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: * @@ -2354,8 +1360,6 @@ */ #define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART -// @section stats - /** * Print Counter * @@ -2369,58 +1373,23 @@ * View the current statistics with M78. */ //#define PRINTCOUNTER -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define PRINTCOUNTER_SAVE_INTERVAL 60 // (minutes) EEPROM save interval during print. A value of 0 will save stats at end of print. -#endif - -// @section security - -/** - * Password - * - * Set a numerical password for the printer which can be requested: - * - * - When the printer boots up - * - Upon opening the 'Print from Media' Menu - * - When SD printing is completed or aborted - * - * The following G-codes can be used: - * - * M510 - Lock Printer. Blocks all commands except M511. - * M511 - Unlock Printer. - * M512 - Set, Change and Remove Password. - * - * If you forget the password and get locked out you'll need to re-flash - * the firmware with the feature disabled, reset EEPROM, and (optionally) - * re-flash the firmware again with this feature enabled. - */ -//#define PASSWORD_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(PASSWORD_FEATURE) - #define PASSWORD_LENGTH 4 // (#) Number of digits (1-9). 3 or 4 is recommended - #define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP - #define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack. - #define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P S. - //#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running - //#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END - //#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT - //#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE -#endif //============================================================================= //============================= LCD and SD support ============================ //============================================================================= -// @section interface +// @section lcd /** * LCD LANGUAGE * * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_CY, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, hu, it, - * jp_kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ro, ru, sk, sv, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW + * en, an, bg, ca, cn, cz, cz_utf8, de, el, el-gr, es, es_utf8, eu, + * fi, fr, fr_utf8, gl, hr, it, kana, kana_utf8, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, + * pt_utf8, pt-br, pt-br_utf8, ru, sk_utf8, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek (Greece)', 'el_CY':'Greek (Cyprus)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'hu':'Hungarian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ro':'Romanian', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'sv':'Swedish', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)' } + * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cn':'Chinese', 'cz':'Czech', 'cz_utf8':'Czech (UTF8)', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'es_utf8':'Spanish (UTF8)', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'fr_utf8':'French (UTF8)', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'kana':'Japanese', 'kana_utf8':'Japanese (UTF8)', 'ko_KR':'Korean', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'pt-br_utf8':'Portuguese (Brazilian UTF8)', 'pt_utf8':'Portuguese (UTF8)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk_utf8':'Slovak (UTF8)', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Taiwan)', 'test':'TEST' } */ #define LCD_LANGUAGE en @@ -2442,27 +1411,31 @@ * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text * - * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html + * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html * * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] */ #define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Průša) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Průša'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - /** * SD CARD * * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. + * */ //#define SDSUPPORT +/** + * SD CARD: SPI SPEED + * + * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. + * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. + */ +//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED +//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED +//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED + /** * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC * @@ -2518,31 +1491,12 @@ // //#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Encoder EMI Noise Filter -// -// This option increases encoder samples to filter out phantom encoder clicks caused by EMI noise. -// -//#define ENCODER_NOISE_FILTER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_NOISE_FILTER) - #define ENCODER_SAMPLES 10 -#endif - // // Individual Axis Homing // // Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. // //#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_SUBMENU // // SPEAKER/BUZZER @@ -2566,30 +1520,15 @@ //======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= //======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= //============================================================================= -// @section lcd // // RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// https://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller +// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller // // Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. // //#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER -// -// GT2560 (YHCB2004) LCD Display -// -// Requires Testato, Koepel softwarewire library and -// Andriy Golovnya's LiquidCrystal_AIP31068 library. -// -//#define YHCB2004 - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - // // ULTIMAKER Controller. // @@ -2602,13 +1541,13 @@ // // PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// https://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne +// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne // //#define PANEL_ONE // // GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// https://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel +// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel // // Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. // @@ -2622,7 +1561,7 @@ // // Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html // //#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 @@ -2694,26 +1633,11 @@ // // -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: https://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD +// 2 wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH +// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD // //#define SAV_3DLCD -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -// -// TFT GLCD Panel with Marlin UI -// Panel connected to main board by SPI or I2C interface. -// See https://github.com/Serhiy-K/TFTGLCDAdapter -// -//#define TFTGLCD_PANEL_SPI -//#define TFTGLCD_PANEL_I2C - //============================================================================= //======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= //========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== @@ -2725,48 +1649,36 @@ // IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! // https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino // -// NOTE: If the LCD is unresponsive you may need to reverse the plugs. -// // // RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// https://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller +// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller // //#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER -// -// K.3D Full Graphic Smart Controller -// -//#define K3D_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - // // ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/electronics/3d-printer-modules/autonomous-printing/graphical-lcd-screen-v1-0/ +// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 // //#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD // // Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices // Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// https://www.panucatt.com +// http://panucatt.com // //#define VIKI2 //#define miniVIKI -// -// Alfawise Ex8 printer LCD marked as WYH L12864 COG -// -//#define WYH_L12864 - // // MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - https://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel +// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel // //#define MINIPANEL // // MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel +// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel // //#define MAKRPANEL @@ -2794,112 +1706,55 @@ //#define LCD_FOR_MELZI // -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 +// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display // -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 +//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 // -// MKS MINI12864 V3 is an alias for FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1. Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight. +// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules // -//#define MKS_MINI_12864_V3 +//#define SAV_3DGLCD +#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) + //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 + #define U8GLIB_SH1106 +#endif // -// MKS LCD12864A/B with graphic controller and SD support. Follows MKS_MINI_12864 pinout. -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/33018110072.html +// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder +// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) // -//#define MKS_LCD12864A -//#define MKS_LCD12864B +//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER // -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ +// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel // -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1 // Larger display with basic ON/OFF backlight. +//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 // -// BigTreeTech Mini 12864 V1.0 is an alias for FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1. Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight. +// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support +// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 // -//#define BTT_MINI_12864_V1 +//#define MKS_MINI_12864 // // Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html // // This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. // (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) // //#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY -// -// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY - // // ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller // -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). Enable one of these. -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD_ALT_WIRING - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// https://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -// -// eMotion Tech LCD with SD -// https://www.reprap-france.com/produit/1234568748-ecran-graphique-128-x-64-points-2-1 -// -//#define EMOTION_TECH_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 +//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD // Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 + // A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with + // different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). // -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128×64 Full Graphics Controller -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED +// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER +// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED // // Tiny, but very sharp OLED display // @@ -2907,320 +1762,47 @@ //#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller // -// Zonestar OLED 128×64 Full Graphics Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_12864LCD // Graphical (DOGM) with ST7920 controller -//#define ZONESTAR_12864OLED // 1.3" OLED with SH1106 controller (default) -//#define ZONESTAR_12864OLED_SSD1306 // 0.96" OLED with SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -// -// FYSETC OLED 2.42" 128×64 Full Graphics Controller with WS2812 RGB -// Where to find : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/4000345255731.html -//#define FYSETC_242_OLED_12864 // Uses the SSD1309 controller - -// -// K.3D SSD1309 OLED 2.42" 128×64 Full Graphics Controller -// -//#define K3D_242_OLED_CONTROLLER // Software SPI - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -/** - * DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.) - * - * ORIGIN (Marlin DWIN_SET) - * - Download https://github.com/coldtobi/Marlin_DGUS_Resources - * - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card. - * - Product: https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32993409517.html - * - * FYSETC (Supplier default) - * - Download https://github.com/FYSETC/FYSTLCD-2.0 - * - Copy the downloaded SCREEN folder to the SD card. - * - Product: https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32961471929.html - * - * HIPRECY (Supplier default) - * - Download https://github.com/HiPrecy/Touch-Lcd-LEO - * - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card. - * - * MKS (MKS-H43) (Supplier default) - * - Download https://github.com/makerbase-mks/MKS-H43 - * - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card. - * - Product: https://www.aliexpress.com/item/1005002008179262.html - * - * RELOADED (T5UID1) - * - Download https://github.com/Desuuuu/DGUS-reloaded/releases - * - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card. - * - * IA_CREALITY (T5UID1) - * - Download https://github.com/InsanityAutomation/Marlin/raw/CrealityDwin2.0_Bleeding/TM3D_Combined480272_Landscape_V7.7z - * - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card. - * - * Flash display with DGUS Displays for Marlin: - * - Format the SD card to FAT32 with an allocation size of 4kb. - * - Download files as specified for your type of display. - * - Plug the microSD card into the back of the display. - * - Boot the display and wait for the update to complete. - */ -//#define DGUS_LCD_UI ORIGIN -#if DGUS_UI_IS(MKS) - #define USE_MKS_GREEN_UI -#endif - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200/M300 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Anycubic printers -// -//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA -//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON -#if EITHER(ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA, ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON) - //#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_DEBUG - //#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_GCODE_EXT // Add ".gcode" to menu entries for DGUS clone compatibility -#endif - -// -// 320x240 Nextion 2.8" serial TFT Resistive Touch Screen NX3224T028 -// -//#define NEXTION_TFT - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extui'. +// Silvergate GLCD controller +// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate // -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -#if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - //#define EXTUI_LOCAL_BEEPER // Enables use of local Beeper pin with external display -#endif +//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER //============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== +//============================ Other Controllers ============================ //============================================================================= -/** - * Specific TFT Model Presets. Enable one of the following options - * or enable TFT_GENERIC and set sub-options. - */ - -// -// 480x320, 3.5", SPI Display with Rotary Encoder from MKS -// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V2 & V3 -// -//#define MKS_TS35_V2_0 - -// -// 320x240, 2.4", FSMC Display From MKS -// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2 -// -//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT24 - -// -// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Display From MKS -// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2 -// -//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT28 - -// -// 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS -// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2 -// -//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT32 - -// -// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Display From MKS -// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2 -// -//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT35 - -// -// 480x272, 4.3", FSMC Display From MKS -// -//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT43 - -// -// 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS -// Usually paired with MKS Robin -// -//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT_V1_1R - -// -// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from Tronxy -// -//#define TFT_TRONXY_X5SA - -// -// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from AnyCubic -// -//#define ANYCUBIC_TFT35 - -// -// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Stock Display from Longer/Alfawise -// -//#define LONGER_LK_TFT28 - -// -// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Stock Display from ET4 -// -//#define ANET_ET4_TFT28 - -// -// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from ET5 -// -//#define ANET_ET5_TFT35 - // -// 1024x600, 7", RGB Stock Display with Rotary Encoder from BIQU-BX +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial // -//#define BIQU_BX_TFT70 // -// 480x320, 3.5", SPI Stock Display with Rotary Encoder from BIQU B1 SE Series +// LCD for Malyan M200 printers. +// This requires SDSUPPORT to be enabled // -//#define BTT_TFT35_SPI_V1_0 - -// -// Generic TFT with detailed options -// -//#define TFT_GENERIC -#if ENABLED(TFT_GENERIC) - // :[ 'AUTO', 'ST7735', 'ST7789', 'ST7796', 'R61505', 'ILI9328', 'ILI9341', 'ILI9488' ] - #define TFT_DRIVER AUTO - - // Interface. Enable one of the following options: - //#define TFT_INTERFACE_FSMC - //#define TFT_INTERFACE_SPI - - // TFT Resolution. Enable one of the following options: - //#define TFT_RES_320x240 - //#define TFT_RES_480x272 - //#define TFT_RES_480x320 - //#define TFT_RES_1024x600 -#endif - -/** - * TFT UI - User Interface Selection. Enable one of the following options: - * - * TFT_CLASSIC_UI - Emulated DOGM - 128x64 Upscaled - * TFT_COLOR_UI - Marlin Default Menus, Touch Friendly, using full TFT capabilities - * TFT_LVGL_UI - A Modern UI using LVGL - * - * For LVGL_UI also copy the 'assets' folder from the build directory to the - * root of your SD card, together with the compiled firmware. - */ -//#define TFT_CLASSIC_UI -//#define TFT_COLOR_UI -//#define TFT_LVGL_UI - -#if ENABLED(TFT_COLOR_UI) - /** - * TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following: - * - * NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters. - * UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters. - * HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only. - */ - #define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS - - //#define TFT_SHARED_SPI // SPI is shared between TFT display and other devices. Disable async data transfer -#endif - -#if ENABLED(TFT_LVGL_UI) - //#define MKS_WIFI_MODULE // MKS WiFi module -#endif - -/** - * TFT Rotation. Set to one of the following values: - * - * TFT_ROTATE_90, TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_Y, - * TFT_ROTATE_180, TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_Y, - * TFT_ROTATE_270, TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_Y, - * TFT_MIRROR_X, TFT_MIRROR_Y, TFT_NO_ROTATION - */ -//#define TFT_ROTATION TFT_NO_ROTATION - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// Ender-3 v2 OEM display. A DWIN display with Rotary Encoder. -// -//#define DWIN_CREALITY_LCD // Creality UI -//#define DWIN_LCD_PROUI // Pro UI by MRiscoC -//#define DWIN_CREALITY_LCD_JYERSUI // Jyers UI by Jacob Myers -//#define DWIN_MARLINUI_PORTRAIT // MarlinUI (portrait orientation) -//#define DWIN_MARLINUI_LANDSCAPE // MarlinUI (landscape orientation) +//#define MALYAN_LCD // -// Touch Screen Settings +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on // -//#define TOUCH_SCREEN -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_SCREEN) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - //#define DISABLE_ENCODER // Disable the click encoder, if any - //#define TOUCH_IDLE_SLEEP_MINS 5 // (minutes) Display Sleep after a period of inactivity. Set with M255 S. - - #define TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION - - //#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_X 12316 - //#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_Y -8981 - //#define TOUCH_OFFSET_X -43 - //#define TOUCH_OFFSET_Y 257 - //#define TOUCH_ORIENTATION TOUCH_LANDSCAPE - - #if BOTH(TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION, EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_AUTO_SAVE // Auto save successful calibration values to EEPROM - #endif - - #if ENABLED(TFT_COLOR_UI) - //#define SINGLE_TOUCH_NAVIGATION - #endif -#endif // // RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// https://reprapworld.com/products/electronics/ramps/keypad_v1_0_fully_assembled/ -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - +// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 // -// EasyThreeD ET-4000+ with button input and status LED +// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key +// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click. // -//#define EASYTHREED_UI +//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD +//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 //============================================================================= //=============================== Extra Features ============================== //============================================================================= -// @section fans +// @section extras -// Set number of user-controlled fans. Disable to use all board-defined fans. -// :[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8] -//#define NUM_M106_FANS 1 +// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino +//#define FAST_PWM_FAN // Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency // which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency @@ -3231,7 +1813,6 @@ // affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. // However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; // at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] #define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 // If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can @@ -3240,27 +1821,27 @@ // duty cycle is attained. //#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER -// @section extras - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// @section lights - // Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. // If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C // then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) //#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS +// M240 Triggers a camera by emulating a Canon RC-1 Remote +// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ +//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 + +// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure +//#define SF_ARC_FIX + +// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder +//#define BARICUDA + // Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb //#define BLINKM // Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver //#define PCA9632 -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9533 - /** * RGB LED / LED Strip Control * @@ -3270,64 +1851,38 @@ * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For NeoPixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. + * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. * - * === CAUTION === + * *** CAUTION *** * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The NeoPixel LED needs + * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. + * *** CAUTION *** + * + * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. * - * Requires PWM frequency between 50 <> 100Hz (Check HAL or variant) - * Use FAST_PWM_FAN, if possible, to reduce fan noise. */ - -// LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options: //#define RGB_LED //#define RGBW_LED -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 - //#define RGB_STARTUP_TEST // For PWM pins, fade between all colors - #if ENABLED(RGB_STARTUP_TEST) - #define RGB_STARTUP_TEST_INNER_MS 10 // (ms) Reduce or increase fading speed - #endif +#if ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 + #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 #endif -// Support for Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver +// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver //#define NEOPIXEL_LED #if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW, NEO_RGBW, NEO_GRB, NEO_RBG, etc. - // See https://github.com/adafruit/Adafruit_NeoPixel/blob/master/Adafruit_NeoPixel.h - //#define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip. (Longest strip when NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE is disabled.) - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Support for second Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver controlled with M150 S1 ... - //#define NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE - #if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE) - #define NEOPIXEL2_PIXELS 15 // Number of LEDs in the second strip - #define NEOPIXEL2_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - #define NEOPIXEL2_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - #define NEOPIXEL_M150_DEFAULT -1 // Default strip for M150 without 'S'. Use -1 to set all by default. - #else - //#define NEOPIXEL2_INSERIES // Default behavior is NeoPixel 2 in parallel - #endif - - // Use some of the NeoPixel LEDs for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_INDEX_FIRST 0 // Index of the first background LED - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_INDEX_LAST 5 // Index of the last background LED - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_ALWAYS_ON // Keep the backlight on when other NeoPixels are off + #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin on motherboard 4 => D4 (EXP2-5 on Printrboard) / 30 => PC7 (EXP3-13 on Rumba) + #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip + #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. + #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) + //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup #endif /** @@ -3341,22 +1896,25 @@ * - Change to green once print has finished * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) +#if ENABLED(BLINKM) || ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) || ENABLED(PCA9632) || ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS #endif -// @section servos +/** + * R/C SERVO support + * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas + */ /** * Number of servos * * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Set to 0 to turn off servo support. + * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Note: Servo index starts with 0 for M280-M282 commands +//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. +// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. // 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } @@ -3364,8 +1922,4 @@ // Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE -// Edit servo angles with M281 and save to EEPROM with M500 -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES - -// Disable servo with M282 to reduce power consumption, noise, and heat when not in use -//#define SERVO_DETACH_GCODE +#endif // CONFIGURATION_H \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h index 090fa0f93a680..d517a28116e99 100644 --- a/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -16,10 +16,9 @@ * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . + * along with this program. If not, see . * */ -#pragma once /** * Configuration_adv.h @@ -29,169 +28,22 @@ * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! * * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 02010200 - -// @section develop - -/** - * Configuration Export * - * Export the configuration as part of the build. (See signature.py) - * Output files are saved with the build (e.g., .pio/build/mega2560). - * - * See `build_all_examples --ini` as an example of config.ini archiving. - * - * 1 = marlin_config.json - Dictionary containing the configuration. - * This file is also generated for CONFIGURATION_EMBEDDING. - * 2 = config.ini - File format for PlatformIO preprocessing. - * 3 = schema.json - The entire configuration schema. (13 = pattern groups) - * 4 = schema.yml - The entire configuration schema. */ -//#define CONFIG_EXPORT 2 // :[1:'JSON', 2:'config.ini', 3:'schema.json', 4:'schema.yml'] +#ifndef CONFIGURATION_ADV_H +#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H +#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 010109 -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== // @section temperature -/** - * Thermocouple sensors are quite sensitive to noise. Any noise induced in - * the sensor wires, such as by stepper motor wires run in parallel to them, - * may result in the thermocouple sensor reporting spurious errors. This - * value is the number of errors which can occur in a row before the error - * is reported. This allows us to ignore intermittent error conditions while - * still detecting an actual failure, which should result in a continuous - * stream of errors from the sensor. - * - * Set this value to 0 to fail on the first error to occur. - */ -#define THERMOCOUPLE_MAX_ERRORS 15 +//=========================================================================== +//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ +//=========================================================================== // -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters +// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. +// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 // -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value - #define HOTEND0_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value - #define HOTEND1_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value - #define HOTEND2_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value - #define HOTEND3_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value - #define HOTEND4_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value - #define HOTEND5_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == 1000 - #define HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND6_BETA 3950 // Beta value - #define HOTEND6_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == 1000 - #define HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND7_BETA 3950 // Beta value - #define HOTEND7_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value - #define BED_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value - #define CHAMBER_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER == 1000 - #define COOLER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define COOLER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define COOLER_BETA 3950 // Beta value - #define COOLER_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE == 1000 - #define PROBE_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define PROBE_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define PROBE_BETA 3950 // Beta value - #define PROBE_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD == 1000 - #define BOARD_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BOARD_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BOARD_BETA 3950 // Beta value - #define BOARD_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT == 1000 - #define REDUNDANT_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define REDUNDANT_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define REDUNDANT_BETA 3950 // Beta value - #define REDUNDANT_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient -#endif - -/** - * Thermocouple Options — for MAX6675 (-2), MAX31855 (-3), and MAX31865 (-5). - */ -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_FORCE_HW_SPI // Ignore SCK/MOSI/MISO pins; use CS and the default SPI bus. -//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_WIRES_0 2 // (2-4) Number of wires for the probe connected to a MAX31865 board. -//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_WIRES_1 2 -//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_WIRES_2 2 - -//#define MAX31865_50HZ_FILTER // Use a 50Hz filter instead of the default 60Hz. -//#define MAX31865_USE_READ_ERROR_DETECTION // Treat value spikes (20°C delta in under 1s) as read errors. - -//#define MAX31865_USE_AUTO_MODE // Read faster and more often than 1-shot; bias voltage always on; slight effect on RTD temperature. -//#define MAX31865_MIN_SAMPLING_TIME_MSEC 100 // (ms) 1-shot: minimum read interval. Reduces bias voltage effects by leaving sensor unpowered for longer intervals. -//#define MAX31865_IGNORE_INITIAL_FAULTY_READS 10 // Ignore some read faults (keeping the temperature reading) to work around a possible issue (#23439). - -//#define MAX31865_WIRE_OHMS_0 0.95f // For 2-wire, set the wire resistances for more accurate readings. -//#define MAX31865_WIRE_OHMS_1 0.0f -//#define MAX31865_WIRE_OHMS_2 0.0f - -/** - * Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. - * https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 - */ //#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT #if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED @@ -199,87 +51,10 @@ #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true #endif -// -// Heated Bed Bang-Bang options -// #if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // (ms) Interval between checks in bang-bang control + #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Only set the relevant heater state when ABS(T-target) > BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -// -// Heated Chamber options -// -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPCHAMBER) - #define CHAMBER_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // (ms) Interval between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Only set the relevant heater state when ABS(T-target) > CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN P2_04 // Required heater on/off pin (example: SKR 1.4 Turbo HE1 plug) - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false - //#define FAN1_PIN -1 // Remove the fan signal on pin P2_04 (example: SKR 1.4 Turbo HE1 plug) - - //#define CHAMBER_FAN // Enable a fan on the chamber - #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_FAN) - //#define CHAMBER_FAN_INDEX 2 // Index of a fan to repurpose as the chamber fan. (Default: first unused fan) - #define CHAMBER_FAN_MODE 2 // Fan control mode: 0=Static; 1=Linear increase when temp is higher than target; 2=V-shaped curve; 3=similar to 1 but fan is always on. - #if CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 0 - #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 255 // Chamber fan PWM (0-255) - #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 1 - #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Base chamber fan PWM (0-255); turns on when chamber temperature is above the target - #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target - #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 2 - #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Minimum chamber fan PWM (0-255) - #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C difference from target - #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 3 - #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Base chamber fan PWM (0-255) - #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target - #endif - #endif - - //#define CHAMBER_VENT // Enable a servo-controlled vent on the chamber - #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_VENT) - #define CHAMBER_VENT_SERVO_NR 1 // Index of the vent servo - #define HIGH_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 5 // How much above target temp to consider there is excess heat in the chamber - #define LOW_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 3 - #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_TIME_CHAMBER_VENT 20 - #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_DEG_CHAMBER_VENT 1.5 - #endif -#endif - -// -// Laser Cooler options -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER - #define COOLER_MINTEMP 8 // (°C) - #define COOLER_MAXTEMP 26 // (°C) - #define COOLER_DEFAULT_TEMP 16 // (°C) - #define TEMP_COOLER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - #define COOLER_PIN 8 // Laser cooler on/off pin used to control power to the cooling element (e.g., TEC, External chiller via relay) - #define COOLER_INVERTING false - #define TEMP_COOLER_PIN 15 // Laser/Cooler temperature sensor pin. ADC is required. - #define COOLER_FAN // Enable a fan on the cooler, Fan# 0,1,2,3 etc. - #define COOLER_FAN_INDEX 0 // FAN number 0, 1, 2 etc. e.g. - #if ENABLED(COOLER_FAN) - #define COOLER_FAN_BASE 100 // Base Cooler fan PWM (0-255); turns on when Cooler temperature is above the target - #define COOLER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target - #endif -#endif - -// -// Motherboard Sensor options -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BOARD // Halt the printer if the board sensor leaves the temp range below. - #define BOARD_MINTEMP 8 // (°C) - #define BOARD_MAXTEMP 70 // (°C) - #ifndef TEMP_BOARD_PIN - //#define TEMP_BOARD_PIN -1 // Board temp sensor pin, if not set in pins file. + #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS #endif #endif @@ -303,11 +78,6 @@ #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - /** * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature @@ -320,7 +90,7 @@ * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set * below 2. */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds + #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius #endif @@ -328,140 +98,44 @@ * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. */ #if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius /** * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the laser cooler. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER_PERIOD 10 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER_HYSTERESIS 3 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Laser cooling watch settings (M143/M193). - */ - #define WATCH_COOLER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_COOLER_TEMP_INCREASE 3 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ANY(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS, THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED, THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER, THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER) - /** - * Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL. - * Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor. Disable if you get false positives. - */ - //#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_VARIANCE_MONITOR // Detect a sensor malfunction preventing temperature updates + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius #endif #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. + // this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed. + // if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated. //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) // heating power = Kc * e_speed + #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif #endif /** - * Automatic Temperature Mode - * - * Dynamically adjust the hotend target temperature based on planned E moves. - * - * (Contrast with PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING, which tracks E movement and adjusts PID - * behavior using an additional kC value.) - * - * Autotemp is calculated by (mintemp + factor * mm_per_sec), capped to maxtemp. - * - * Enable Autotemp Mode with M104/M109 F S B. - * Disable by sending M104/M109 with no F parameter (or F0 with AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL). + * Automatic Temperature: + * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. + * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". + * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F + * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by + * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* + * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. + * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode */ #define AUTOTEMP #if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 // Factor used to weight previous readings (0.0 < value < 1.0) - #define AUTOTEMP_MIN 210 - #define AUTOTEMP_MAX 250 - #define AUTOTEMP_FACTOR 0.1f - // Turn on AUTOTEMP on M104/M109 by default using proportions set here - //#define AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL - #if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL) - #define AUTOTEMP_MIN_P 0 // (°C) Added to the target temperature - #define AUTOTEMP_MAX_P 5 // (°C) Added to the target temperature - #define AUTOTEMP_FACTOR_P 1 // Apply this F parameter by default (overridden by M104/M109 F) - #endif + #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 #endif +// Show extra position information in M114 +//#define M114_DETAIL + // Show Temperature ADC value // Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. //#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES @@ -470,7 +144,7 @@ * High Temperature Thermistor Support * * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means TEMP_SENSOR_X_RAW_LO_TEMP + * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure * and force stop everything. @@ -486,40 +160,24 @@ // before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) //#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 -/** - * The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check - * the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the - * hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach - * the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. - * This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) - */ +// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check +// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the +// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach +// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. +// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) //#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 // @section extruder -/** - * Extruder runout prevention. - * If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP - * then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. - */ +// Extruder runout prevention. +// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP +// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. //#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT #if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/min) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -/** - * Hotend Idle Timeout - * Prevent filament in the nozzle from charring and causing a critical jam. - */ -//#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT -#if ENABLED(HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT) - #define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT_SEC (5*60) // (seconds) Time without extruder movement to trigger protection - #define HOTEND_IDLE_MIN_TRIGGER 180 // (°C) Minimum temperature to enable hotend protection - #define HOTEND_IDLE_NOZZLE_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the nozzle after timeout - #define HOTEND_IDLE_BED_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the bed after timeout + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // mm/m + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // mm #endif // @section temperature @@ -535,40 +193,20 @@ * Controller Fan * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. * - * The fan turns on automatically whenever any driver is enabled and turns - * off (or reduces to idle speed) shortly after drivers are turned off. + * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled + * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. */ //#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN #if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN2_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for second controller fan - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_USE_Z_ONLY // With this option only the Z axis is considered - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_IGNORE_Z // Ignore Z stepper. Useful when stepper timeout is disabled. - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_MIN 0 // (0-255) Minimum speed. (If set below this value the fan is turned off.) - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_ACTIVE 255 // (0-255) Active speed, used when any motor is enabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_IDLE 0 // (0-255) Idle speed, used when motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_IDLE_TIME 60 // (seconds) Extra time to keep the fan running after disabling motors - - // Use TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD as a trigger for enabling the controller fan - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_MIN_BOARD_TEMP 40 // (°C) Turn on the fan if the board reaches this temperature - - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE // Enable M710 configurable settings - #if ENABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE) - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_MENU // Enable the Controller Fan submenu - #endif + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed #endif -/** - * Fan Kickstart - * When part cooling or controller fans first start, run at a speed that - * gets it spinning reliably for a short time before setting the requested speed. - * (Does not work on Sanguinololu with FAN_SOFT_PWM.) - */ -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 // (ms) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_POWER 180 // 64-255 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 +// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the +// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably +// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) +//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 /** * PWM Fan Scaling @@ -585,49 +223,6 @@ //#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 //#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 -/** - * Fan Fast PWM - * - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally - * to produce a frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers. - * For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz. - * This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration - * and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board. - * - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * Setting very high frequencies can damage your hardware. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5kHz, 31.4kHz (default), 7.8kHz, 3.92kHz, 1.95kHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1kHz, 39.2kHz (default), 9.77kHz, 4.9kHz, 2.44kHz, 1.22kHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN // Increase the fan PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 // Define here to override the defaults below - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP - #ifndef FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY - #ifdef __AVR__ - #define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY ((F_CPU) / (2 * 255 * 1)) - #else - #define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 1000U - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Use one of the PWM fans as a redundant part-cooling fan - */ -//#define REDUNDANT_PART_COOLING_FAN 2 // Index of the fan to sync with FAN 0. - // @section extruder /** @@ -647,52 +242,9 @@ #define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 #define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 -#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 18 -#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Hotend Cooling Fans tachometers - * - * Define one or more tachometer pins to enable fan speed - * monitoring, and reporting of fan speeds with M123. - * - * NOTE: Only works with fans up to 7000 RPM. - */ -//#define FOURWIRES_FANS // Needed with AUTO_FAN when 4-wire PWM fans are installed -//#define E0_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1 -//#define E0_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP -//#define E0_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN -//#define E1_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1 -//#define E1_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP -//#define E1_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN -//#define E2_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1 -//#define E2_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP -//#define E2_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN -//#define E3_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1 -//#define E3_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP -//#define E3_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN -//#define E4_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1 -//#define E4_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP -//#define E4_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN -//#define E5_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1 -//#define E5_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP -//#define E5_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN -//#define E6_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1 -//#define E6_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP -//#define E6_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN -//#define E7_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1 -//#define E7_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP -//#define E7_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN +#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed /** * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer @@ -714,20 +266,17 @@ #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit PWM duty cycle (0-255) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - #if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use NeoPixel LED as case light - #endif - #if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_RGB_LED // Use RGB / RGBW LED as case light - #endif - #if EITHER(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL, CASE_LIGHT_USE_RGB_LED) - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } + //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu + //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. + #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) + #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } #endif #endif +//=========================================================================== +//============================ Mechanical Settings ========================== +//=========================================================================== + // @section homing // If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing @@ -738,11 +287,48 @@ //#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 +/** + * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops + * + * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. + * + * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to + * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop + * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug + * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. + * + * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors + * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error + * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. + */ + +//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions + //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif +#endif + +//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions + //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif +#endif + +//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif #endif /** @@ -754,117 +340,40 @@ * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // A max coordinate so the X1 carriage can't hit the parked X2 carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // A min coordinate so the X2 carriage can't hit the parked X1 carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // The max position of the X2 carriage, typically also the home position - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The X2 carriage always homes to the max endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // NOTE: For Dual X Carriage use M218 T1 Xn to override the X2_HOME_POS. - // This allows recalibration of endstops distance without a rebuild. - // Remember to set the second extruder's X-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be changed later using M605 S. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage + #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed + #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position + #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position + // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software + // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops + // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). + // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. + + // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S + // Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results + // as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0) + // Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so + // that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) + // Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all + // actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at + // once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm]) + + // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. + #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE + + // Default settings in "Auto-park Mode" + #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_ZLIFT 0.2 // the distance to raise Z axis when parking an extruder + #define TOOLCHANGE_UNPARK_ZLIFT 1 // the distance to raise Z axis when unparking an extruder // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - // Default action to execute following M605 mode change commands. Typically G28X to apply new mode. - //#define EVENT_GCODE_IDEX_AFTER_MODECHANGE "G28X" -#endif - -/** - * Multi-Stepper / Multi-Endstop - * - * When X2_DRIVER_TYPE is defined, this indicates that the X and X2 motors work in tandem. - * The following explanations for X also apply to Y and Z multi-stepper setups. - * Endstop offsets may be changed by 'M666 X Y Z' and stored to EEPROM. - * - * - Enable INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR if the X2 motor requires an opposite DIR signal from X. - * - * - Enable X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS if the second motor has its own endstop, with adjustable offset. - * - * - Extra endstops are included in the output of 'M119'. - * - * - Set X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to the known error in the X2 endstop. - * Applied to the X2 motor on 'G28' / 'G28 X'. - * Get the offset by homing X and measuring the error. - * Also set with 'M666 X' and stored to EEPROM with 'M500'. - * - * - Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug by name. (_XMIN_, _XMAX_, _YMIN_, _YMAX_, _ZMIN_, _ZMAX_) - */ -#if HAS_X2_STEPPER && DISABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - //#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR // X2 direction signal is the opposite of X - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS // X2 has its own endstop - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ // X2 endstop board plug. Don't forget to enable USE_*_PLUG. - #define X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // X2 offset relative to X endstop - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_DUAL_Y_STEPPERS - //#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR // Y2 direction signal is the opposite of Y - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS // Y2 has its own endstop - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ // Y2 endstop board plug. Don't forget to enable USE_*_PLUG. - #define Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Y2 offset relative to Y endstop - #endif -#endif - -// -// Multi-Z steppers -// -#ifdef Z2_DRIVER_TYPE - //#define INVERT_Z2_VS_Z_DIR // Z2 direction signal is the opposite of Z - - //#define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS // Other Z axes have their own endstops - #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ // Z2 endstop board plug. Don't forget to enable USE_*_PLUG. - #define Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Z2 offset relative to Y endstop - #endif - #ifdef Z3_DRIVER_TYPE - //#define INVERT_Z3_VS_Z_DIR // Z3 direction signal is the opposite of Z - #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ // Z3 endstop board plug. Don't forget to enable USE_*_PLUG. - #define Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Z3 offset relative to Y endstop - #endif - #endif - #ifdef Z4_DRIVER_TYPE - //#define INVERT_Z4_VS_Z_DIR // Z4 direction signal is the opposite of Z - #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMAX_ // Z4 endstop board plug. Don't forget to enable USE_*_PLUG. - #define Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Z4 offset relative to Y endstop - #endif - #endif -#endif - -// Drive the E axis with two synchronized steppers -//#define E_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(E_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define INVERT_E1_VS_E0_DIR // E direction signals are opposites -#endif +#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE // Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. // Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. @@ -872,26 +381,18 @@ // @section homing -/** - * Homing Procedure - * Homing (G28) does an indefinite move towards the endstops to establish - * the position of the toolhead relative to the workspace. - */ - -//#define SENSORLESS_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 0 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) Backoff from endstops before sensorless homing - -#define HOMING_BUMP_MM { 5, 5, 2 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) Backoff from endstops after first bump -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) +// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. +#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 +#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 +#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 +#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) +//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_POST_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) Backoff from endstops after homing -//#define XY_COUNTERPART_BACKOFF_MM 0 // (mm) Backoff X after homing Y, and vice-versa +// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X +//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X -//#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X // If G28 contains XY home Y before X -//#define HOME_Z_FIRST // Home Z first. Requires a Z-MIN endstop (not a probe). -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING // If X/Y can't home without homing Y/X first - -// @section bltouch +// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. +//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING #if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) /** @@ -899,8 +400,8 @@ * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand * advanced commands. * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, do a "Reset" and "Self-Test" and then check the - * wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. + * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then + * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. * * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" @@ -933,7 +434,7 @@ * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode + * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. */ @@ -947,324 +448,69 @@ */ //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - /** - * Enable "HIGH SPEED" option for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Deltabots with very fast Z moves; however, higher speed Cartesians - * might be able to use it. If the machine can't raise Z fast enough the BLTouch may go into ALARM. - * - * Set the default state here, change with 'M401 S' or UI, use M500 to save, M502 to reset. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE true - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU #endif // BLTOUCH -// @section extras - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - /** - * Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3 [, Z4]] - * These positions are machine-relative and do not shift with the M206 home offset! - * If not defined, probe limits will be used. - * Override with 'M422 S X Y'. - */ - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - /** - * Orientation for the automatically-calculated probe positions. - * Override Z stepper align points with 'M422 S X Y' - * - * 2 Steppers: (0) (1) - * | | 2 | - * | 1 2 | | - * | | 1 | - * - * 3 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3) - * | 3 | 1 | 2 1 | 2 | - * | | 3 | | 3 | - * | 1 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 | - * - * 4 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3) - * | 4 3 | 1 4 | 2 1 | 3 2 | - * | | | | | - * | 1 2 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 4 1 | - */ - #ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY - //#define Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION 0 - #endif - - /** - * Z Stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - * Requires 3 or 4 Z steppers. - * - * Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3... corresponding to the screw - * positions in the bed carriage, with one position per Z stepper in stepper - * driver order. - */ - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - - #ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down in case - // the stepper (spindle) position is farther out than the test point. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 // Use a value > 1.0 NOTE: This may cause instability! - #endif - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline that G34 will handle - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 5 // Number of iterations to apply during alignment - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 // Stop iterating early if the accuracy is better than this - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 // Restore leveling after G34 is done? - // After G34, re-home Z (G28 Z) or just calculate it from the last probe heights? - // Re-homing might be more precise in reproducing the actual 'G28 Z' homing height, especially on an uneven bed. - #define HOME_AFTER_G34 -#endif - -// -// Add the G35 command to read bed corners to help adjust screws. Requires a bed probe. -// -//#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING -#if ENABLED(ASSISTED_TRAMMING) - - // Define positions for probe points. - #define TRAMMING_POINT_XY { { 20, 20 }, { 180, 20 }, { 180, 180 }, { 20, 180 } } - - // Define position names for probe points. - #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_1 "Front-Left" - #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_2 "Front-Right" - #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_3 "Back-Right" - #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_4 "Back-Left" - - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G35 // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - //#define REPORT_TRAMMING_MM // Report Z deviation (mm) for each point relative to the first - - //#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WIZARD // Add a Tramming Wizard to the LCD menu - - //#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WAIT_POSITION { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER, 30 } // Move the nozzle out of the way for adjustment - - /** - * Screw thread: - * M3: 30 = Clockwise, 31 = Counter-Clockwise - * M4: 40 = Clockwise, 41 = Counter-Clockwise - * M5: 50 = Clockwise, 51 = Counter-Clockwise - */ - #define TRAMMING_SCREW_THREAD 30 - -#endif - -// @section motion - -/** - * Input Shaping -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Zero Vibration (ZV) Input Shaping for X and/or Y movements. - * - * This option uses a lot of SRAM for the step buffer. The buffer size is - * calculated automatically from SHAPING_FREQ_[XY], DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT, - * DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE and ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING. The default calculation can - * be overridden by setting SHAPING_MIN_FREQ and/or SHAPING_MAX_FEEDRATE. - * The higher the frequency and the lower the feedrate, the smaller the buffer. - * If the buffer is too small at runtime, input shaping will have reduced - * effectiveness during high speed movements. - * - * Tune with M593 D F: - * - * D Set the zeta/damping factor. If axes (X, Y, etc.) are not specified, set for all axes. - * F Set the frequency. If axes (X, Y, etc.) are not specified, set for all axes. - * T[map] Input Shaping type, 0:ZV, 1:EI, 2:2H EI (not implemented yet) - * X<1> Set the given parameters only for the X axis. - * Y<1> Set the given parameters only for the Y axis. - */ -//#define INPUT_SHAPING_X -//#define INPUT_SHAPING_Y -#if EITHER(INPUT_SHAPING_X, INPUT_SHAPING_Y) - #if ENABLED(INPUT_SHAPING_X) - #define SHAPING_FREQ_X 40 // (Hz) The default dominant resonant frequency on the X axis. - #define SHAPING_ZETA_X 0.15f // Damping ratio of the X axis (range: 0.0 = no damping to 1.0 = critical damping). - #endif - #if ENABLED(INPUT_SHAPING_Y) - #define SHAPING_FREQ_Y 40 // (Hz) The default dominant resonant frequency on the Y axis. - #define SHAPING_ZETA_Y 0.15f // Damping ratio of the Y axis (range: 0.0 = no damping to 1.0 = critical damping). - #endif - //#define SHAPING_MIN_FREQ 20 // By default the minimum of the shaping frequencies. Override to affect SRAM usage. - //#define SHAPING_MAX_STEPRATE 10000 // By default the maximum total step rate of the shaped axes. Override to affect SRAM usage. - //#define SHAPING_MENU // Add a menu to the LCD to set shaping parameters. -#endif +// @section machine -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } +#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false} -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION +// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder +//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE // By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. #define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false #define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false #define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_I_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_J_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_K_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_U_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_V_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_W_STEP_PIN false #define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false -/** - * Idle Stepper Shutdown - * Set DISABLE_INACTIVE_? 'true' to shut down axis steppers after an idle period. - * The Deactive Time can be overridden with M18 and M84. Set to 0 for No Timeout. - */ +// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. +// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. +// Time can be set by M18 and M84. #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set 'false' if the nozzle could fall onto your printed part! -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_I true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_J true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_K true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_U true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_V true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_W true +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true -// Default Minimum Feedrates for printing and travel moves -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s. °/s for rotational-only moves) Minimum feedrate. Set with M205 S. -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s. °/s for rotational-only moves) Minimum travel feedrate. Set with M205 T. +#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate +#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take as the buffer gets emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (µs) Set with M205 B. +//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated -// Slow down the machine if the lookahead buffer is (by default) half full. -// Increase the slowdown divisor for larger buffer sizes. -#define SLOWDOWN -#if ENABLED(SLOWDOWN) - #define SLOWDOWN_DIVISOR 2 -#endif +// @section lcd -/** - * XY Frequency limit - * Reduce resonance by limiting the frequency of small zigzag infill moves. - * See https://hydraraptor.blogspot.com/2010/12/frequency-limit.html - * Use M201 F G to change limits at runtime. - */ -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 10 // (Hz) Maximum frequency of small zigzag infill moves. Set with M201 F. -#ifdef XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT - #define XY_FREQUENCY_MIN_PERCENT 5 // (percent) Minimum FR percentage to apply. Set with M201 G. +#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) + #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel + #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder #endif -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) +// @section extras + +// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied. +#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 + +// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full +#define SLOWDOWN + +// Frequency limit +// See nophead's blog for more info +// Not working O +//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 + +// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end +// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed +// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. +#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/sec) // -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. +// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting // -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) One value for each linear axis - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Add steps for motor direction changes on CORE kinematics - //#define CORE_BACKLASH - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_SLOW // (mm/min) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position, and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - //#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_PRE "M117 Starting Auto-Calibration\nT0\nG28\nG12\nM117 Calibrating..." - //#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_POST "M500\nM117 Calibration data saved" - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/min - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/min - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/min - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_IMIN - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_IMAX - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_JMIN - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_JMAX - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_KMIN - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_KMAX - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_UMIN - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_UMAX - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_VMIN - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_VMAX - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_WMIN - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_WMAX - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define the pin to read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Define here to override the default pin - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the custom pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif +//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION +#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) + #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge #endif /** @@ -1275,19 +521,8 @@ */ //#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep settings (Requires a board with pins named X_MS1, X_MS2, etc.) -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] +// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. +#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] /** * @section stepper motor current @@ -1301,7 +536,7 @@ * known compatible chips: AD5206 * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE + * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 * * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. @@ -1313,255 +548,101 @@ //#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) //#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis -/** - * I2C-based DIGIPOTs (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) - */ -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires https://github.com/felias-fogg/SlowSoftI2CMaster -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4451 -#if EITHER(DIGIPOT_MCP4018, DIGIPOT_MCP4451) - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT:4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO:8 MKS_SBASE:5 MIGHTYBOARD_REVE:5 - - // Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. - // These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - - //#define DIGIPOT_USE_RAW_VALUES // Use DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT raw wiper values (instead of A4988 motor currents) - +// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) +//#define DIGIPOT_I2C +#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) /** * Common slave addresses: * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 + * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC + * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 + * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 */ - //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // Unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // Unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT #endif +//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster +#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 +// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. +// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. +#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO + //=========================================================================== //=============================Additional Features=========================== //=========================================================================== -// @section lcd - -#if HAS_MANUAL_MOVE_MENU - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // (mm/min) Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define FINE_MANUAL_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual move (< 0.1mm) applying to Z on most machines - #if IS_ULTIPANEL - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -// -// LCD Backlight Timeout -// -//#define LCD_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT_MINS 1 // (minutes) Timeout before turning off the backlight - -#if HAS_BED_PROBE && EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_MENU, HAS_TFT_LVGL_UI) - //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD // Add a Probe Z Offset calibration option to the LCD menu - #if ENABLED(PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD) - /** - * Enable to init the Probe Z-Offset when starting the Wizard. - * Use a height slightly above the estimated nozzle-to-probe Z offset. - * For example, with an offset of -5, consider a starting height of -4. - */ - //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_START_Z -4.0 - - // Set a convenient position to do the calibration (probing point and nozzle/bed-distance) - //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_XY_POS { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER } - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_MARLINUI_MENU - - #if HAS_BED_PROBE - // Add calibration in the Probe Offsets menu to compensate for X-axis twist. - //#define X_AXIS_TWIST_COMPENSATION - #if ENABLED(X_AXIS_TWIST_COMPENSATION) - /** - * Enable to init the Probe Z-Offset when starting the Wizard. - * Use a height slightly above the estimated nozzle-to-probe Z offset. - * For example, with an offset of -5, consider a starting height of -4. - */ - #define XATC_START_Z 0.0 - #define XATC_MAX_POINTS 3 // Number of points to probe in the wizard - #define XATC_Y_POSITION Y_CENTER // (mm) Y position to probe - #define XATC_Z_OFFSETS { 0, 0, 0 } // Z offsets for X axis sample points - #endif - - // Show Deploy / Stow Probe options in the Motion menu. - #define PROBE_DEPLOY_STOW_MENU - #endif - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // Add 50/100mm moves to MarlinUI even with a smaller bed - //#define LARGE_MOVE_ITEMS - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - // Insert a menu for preheating at the top level to allow for quick access - //#define PREHEAT_SHORTCUT_MENU_ITEM - -#endif // HAS_MARLINUI_MENU - -#if ANY(HAS_DISPLAY, DWIN_LCD_PROUI, DWIN_CREALITY_LCD_JYERSUI) - //#define SOUND_MENU_ITEM // Add a mute option to the LCD menu - #define SOUND_ON_DEFAULT // Buzzer/speaker default enabled state -#endif +#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER // If defined, certain menu edit operations automatically multiply the steps when the encoder is moved quickly +#define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x10 to quickly advance the value +#define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x100 to really quickly advance the value -#if EITHER(HAS_DISPLAY, DWIN_LCD_PROUI) - // The timeout to return to the status screen from sub-menus - //#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 // (ms) +//#define CHDK 4 //Pin for triggering CHDK to take a picture see how to use it here http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ +#define CHDK_DELAY 50 //How long in ms the pin should stay HIGH before going LOW again - #if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN) - #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 4000 // (ms) Total Duration to display the boot screen(s) - #if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, TFT_COLOR_UI) - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving lots of flash) - #endif - #endif +// @section lcd - // Scroll a longer status message into view - //#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING +// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu +//#define LCD_INFO_MENU - // Apply a timeout to low-priority status messages - //#define STATUS_MESSAGE_TIMEOUT_SEC 30 // (seconds) +// Scroll a longer status message into view +//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - // On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible - //#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY +// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible +//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - // Show the E position (filament used) during printing - //#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL +// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus +//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - //#define NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable a second NeoPixel Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #if ENABLED(NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup for the second strip - #endif - #endif +// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage +//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY -#endif // HAS_DISPLAY || DWIN_LCD_PROUI - -// Add 'M73' to set print job progress, overrides Marlin's built-in estimate -//#define SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY -#if ENABLED(SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) - #define SET_PROGRESS_PERCENT // Add 'P' parameter to set percentage done - #define SET_REMAINING_TIME // Add 'R' parameter to set remaining time - //#define SET_INTERACTION_TIME // Add 'C' parameter to set time until next filament change or other user interaction - //#define M73_REPORT // Report M73 values to host - #if BOTH(M73_REPORT, SDSUPPORT) - #define M73_REPORT_SD_ONLY // Report only when printing from SD +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) || ENABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) + //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing + #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) + #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar + #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message + #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) + //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it + //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar #endif -#endif +#endif // SDSUPPORT || LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY -// LCD Print Progress options. Multiple times may be displayed in turn. -#if HAS_DISPLAY && EITHER(SDSUPPORT, SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) - #define SHOW_PROGRESS_PERCENT // Show print progress percentage (doesn't affect progress bar) - #define SHOW_ELAPSED_TIME // Display elapsed printing time (prefix 'E') - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (prefix 'R') - #if ENABLED(SET_INTERACTION_TIME) - #define SHOW_INTERACTION_TIME // Display time until next user interaction ('C' = filament change) - #endif - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show/report progress with decimal digits, not all UIs support this - - #if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780, IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL) - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif +/** + * LED Control Menu + * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu + */ +//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU +#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) + #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option + #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) + #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity + //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup #endif -#endif +#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - /** - * SD Card SPI Speed - * May be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - * - * Enable and set to SPI_HALF_SPEED, SPI_QUARTER_SPEED, or SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - * otherwise full speed will be applied. - * - * :['SPI_HALF_SPEED', 'SPI_QUARTER_SPEED', 'SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED'] - */ - //#define SD_SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED - - // The standard SD detect circuit reads LOW when media is inserted and HIGH when empty. - // Enable this option and set to HIGH if your SD cards are incorrectly detected. - //#define SD_DETECT_STATE HIGH - //#define SD_IGNORE_AT_STARTUP // Don't mount the SD card when starting up - //#define SDCARD_READONLY // Read-only SD card (to save over 2K of flash) + // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work + // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined + // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. + // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. + // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). + #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - //#define GCODE_REPEAT_MARKERS // Enable G-code M808 to set repeat markers and do looping - - #define SD_PROCEDURE_DEPTH 1 // Increase if you need more nested M32 calls - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84" // Use "M84XYE" to keep Z enabled so your bed stays in place + #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished + #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the z enabled so your bed stays in place. // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define NO_SD_AUTOSTART // Remove auto#.g file support completely to save some Flash, SRAM - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - //#define BROWSE_MEDIA_ON_INSERT // Open the file browser when media is inserted - - //#define MEDIA_MENU_AT_TOP // Force the media menu to be listed on the top of the main menu - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_ABORT "G28XY" // G-code to run on SD Abort Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - #if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS) - #define PE_LEDS_COMPLETED_TIME (30*60) // (seconds) Time to keep the LED "done" color before restoring normal illumination - #endif + // Add an option in the menu to run all auto#.g files + //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART /** * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) @@ -1573,25 +654,8 @@ */ //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - #define PLR_ENABLED_DEFAULT false // Power Loss Recovery enabled by default. (Set with 'M413 Sn' & M500) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss. Set to -1 to disable default pin on boards without module. - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULLUP // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate for your sensor - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULLDOWN - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - - // Enable if Z homing is needed for proper recovery. 99.9% of the time this should be disabled! - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME) - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZHOME_POS { 0, 0 } // Safe XY position to home Z while avoiding objects on the bed - #endif + //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss + //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss #endif /** @@ -1623,7 +687,7 @@ #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 G-code. + #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. @@ -1632,140 +696,33 @@ // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. #endif - // Allow international symbols in long filenames. To display correctly, the - // LCD's font must contain the characters. Check your selected LCD language. - //#define UTF_FILENAME_SUPPORT - - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT // Get the long filename of a file/folder with 'M33 ' and list long filenames with 'M20 L' - //#define LONG_FILENAME_WRITE_SUPPORT // Create / delete files with long filenames via M28, M30, and Binary Transfer Protocol - //#define M20_TIMESTAMP_SUPPORT // Include timestamps by adding the 'T' flag to M20 commands - - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES // Scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - - /** - * Abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature is enabled with 'M540 S1' or from the LCD menu. - * Endstops must be activated for this option to work. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - #if ENABLED(SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT) - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_GCODE "G28XY" // G-code to run on endstop hit (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - #endif - - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE // On print completion open the LCD Menu and select the same file - - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS // Auto-report media status with 'M27 S' - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS2_USB - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - - #define DISABLE_DUE_SD_MMC // Disable USB Host access to USB Drive to prevent hangs on block access for DUE platform - - /** - * Native USB Host supported by some boards (USB OTG) - */ - //#define USE_OTG_USB_HOST - - #if DISABLED(USE_OTG_USB_HOST) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - #endif - #endif + // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 + //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif + // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu + //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES /** - * Enable this option if you have more than ~3K of unused flash space. - * Marlin will embed all settings in the firmware binary as compressed data. - * Use 'M503 C' to write the settings out to the SD Card as 'mc.zip'. - * See docs/ConfigEmbedding.md for details on how to use 'mc-apply.py'. + * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. + * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. + * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. */ - //#define CONFIGURATION_EMBEDDING - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if ENABLED(BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER) - // Include extra facilities (e.g., 'M20 F') supporting firmware upload via BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - //#define CUSTOM_FIRMWARE_UPLOAD - #endif + //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] + * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. + * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. + * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - - // Enable if SD detect is rendered useless (e.g., by using an SD extender) - //#define NO_SD_DETECT + //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE /** - * Multiple volume support - EXPERIMENTAL. - * Adds 'M21 Pm' / 'M21 S' / 'M21 U' to mount SD Card / USB Drive. + * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S */ - //#define MULTI_VOLUME - #if ENABLED(MULTI_VOLUME) - #define VOLUME_SD_ONBOARD - #define VOLUME_USB_FLASH_DRIVE - #define DEFAULT_VOLUME SV_SD_ONBOARD - #define DEFAULT_SHARED_VOLUME SV_USB_FLASH_DRIVE - #endif + //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS #endif // SDSUPPORT -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - /** * Additional options for Graphical Displays * @@ -1778,280 +735,62 @@ * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable * printing performance versus fast display updates. */ -#if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB - // Save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame or no frame on the Info Screen - //#define XYZ_NO_FRAME +#if ENABLED(DOGLCD) + // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar + //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT + + // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of flash. + // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens + #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME + + // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2434 bytes of flash. + // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - /** - * Graphical Display Sleep - * - * The U8G library provides sleep / wake functions for SH1106, SSD1306, - * SSD1309, and some other DOGM displays. - * Enable this option to save energy and prevent OLED pixel burn-in. - * Adds the menu item Configuration > LCD Timeout (m) to set a wait period - * from 0 (disabled) to 99 minutes. - */ - //#define DISPLAY_SLEEP_MINUTES 2 // (minutes) Timeout before turning off the screen. Set with M255 S. + // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. + // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. + //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if IS_U8GLIB_ST7920 - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 + // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay + //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE + #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) + /** + * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using + * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. + * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. + * + * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status + * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the + * length of time to display the status message before clearing. + * + * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. + * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. + */ //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 #endif #endif - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM for numbered hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_CUTTER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate spindle / laser active - //#define STATUS_COOLER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate laser cooling - //#define STATUS_FLOWMETER_ANIM // Use multiple bitmaps to indicate coolant flow - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of flash. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB - -#if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB || IS_DWIN_MARLINUI - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay -#endif - -// -// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays -// -#if HAS_DGUS_LCD - #define LCD_BAUDRATE 115200 - - #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128 - #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48 - //#define SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR) - - #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates - - #if DGUS_UI_IS(FYSETC, MKS, HIPRECY) - #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing - #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup - - #if DGUS_UI_IS(FYSETC, MKS) - //#define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for FYSETC and MKS - #else - #define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY - #endif - - #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD - #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) - #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10 - #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS - #endif - - #define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens - #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) - #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10 - #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping - #endif - #endif -#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD - -// -// Additional options for AnyCubic Chiron TFT displays -// -#if ENABLED(ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON) - // By default the type of panel is automatically detected. - // Enable one of these options if you know the panel type. - //#define CHIRON_TFT_STANDARD - //#define CHIRON_TFT_NEW - - // Enable the longer Anycubic powerup startup tune - //#define AC_DEFAULT_STARTUP_TUNE - - /** - * Display Folders - * By default the file browser lists all G-code files (including those in subfolders) in a flat list. - * Enable this option to display a hierarchical file browser. - * - * NOTES: - * - Without this option it helps to enable SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA so files are sorted before/after folders. - * - When used with the "new" panel, folder names will also have '.gcode' appended to their names. - * This hack is currently required to force the panel to show folders. - */ - #define AC_SD_FOLDER_VIEW -#endif - -// -// Specify additional languages for the UI. Default specified by LCD_LANGUAGE. -// -#if ANY(DOGLCD, TFT_COLOR_UI, TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, IS_DWIN_MARLINUI) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - #ifdef LCD_LANGUAGE_2 - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_AUTO_SAVE // Automatically save language to EEPROM on change - #endif -#endif - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_LULZBOT_CLCD_UI // LulzBot Color LCD UI - //#define LCD_FYSETC_TFT81050 // FYSETC with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_EVE3_50G // Matrix Orbital 5.0", 800x480, BT815 - //#define LCD_EVE2_50G // Matrix Orbital 5.0", 800x480, FT813 - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // LulzBot CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // LulzBot CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define S6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC S6 pin mapping - //#define F6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC F6 pin mapping - - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // Pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - - // Cyrillic character set, costs about 27KiB of flash - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CYRILLIC_CHARSET - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// Classic UI Options -// -#if TFT_SCALED_DOGLCD - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// -// ADC Button Debounce -// -#if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS - #define ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY 16 // Increase if buttons bounce or repeat too fast -#endif +#endif // DOGLCD // @section safety -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ +// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs, +// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation. #define USE_WATCHDOG + #if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) + // If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on. + // The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset. + // However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled. //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL #endif @@ -2066,32 +805,14 @@ */ //#define BABYSTEPPING #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define INTEGRATED_BABYSTEPPING // EXPERIMENTAL integration of babystepping into the Stepper ISR - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - //#define BABYSTEP_MILLIMETER_UNITS // Specify BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_(XY|Z) in mm instead of micro-steps - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each Z babystep - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each XY babystep - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif + //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! + #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way + #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. + //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Enable to combine M851 and Babystepping + //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. + #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. + // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. + //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor #endif // @section extruder @@ -2109,79 +830,18 @@ * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. * - * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. + * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. + * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. */ //#define LIN_ADVANCE #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) - #define ADVANCE_K { 0.22 } // (mm) Compression length per 1mm/s extruder speed, per extruder - #else - #define ADVANCE_K 0.22 // (mm) Compression length applying to all extruders - #endif - //#define ADVANCE_K_EXTRA // Add a second linear advance constant, configurable with M900 L. - //#define LA_DEBUG // Print debug information to serial during operation. Disable for production use. - //#define EXPERIMENTAL_SCURVE // Allow S-Curve Acceleration to be used with LA. - //#define ALLOW_LOW_EJERK // Allow a DEFAULT_EJERK value of <10. Recommended for direct drive hotends. - //#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2S_LA // Allow I2S_STEPPER_STREAM to be used with LA. Performance degrades as the LA step rate reaches ~20kHz. + #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed + //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. #endif // @section leveling -/** - * Use Safe Bed Leveling coordinates to move axes to a useful position before bed probing. - * For example, after homing a rotational axis the Z probe might not be perpendicular to the bed. - * Choose values the orient the bed horizontally and the Z-probe vertically. - */ -//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_X 0.0 -//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_Y 0.0 -//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_Z 0.0 -//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_I 0.0 -//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_J 0.0 -//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_K 0.0 -//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_U 0.0 -//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_V 0.0 -//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_W 0.0 - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Probing Margins - * - * Override PROBING_MARGIN for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are - * allowed, to permit probing outside the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define PROBING_MARGIN_LEFT PROBING_MARGIN - //#define PROBING_MARGIN_RIGHT PROBING_MARGIN - //#define PROBING_MARGIN_FRONT PROBING_MARGIN - //#define PROBING_MARGIN_BACK PROBING_MARGIN -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) +#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET @@ -2189,154 +849,37 @@ //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) #endif -#if BOTH(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define OPTIMIZED_MESH_STORAGE // Store mesh with less precision to save EEPROM space -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Probe Compensation - * - * Adjust probe measurements to compensate for distortion associated with the temperature - * of the probe, bed, and/or hotend. - * Use G76 to automatically calibrate this feature for probe and bed temperatures. - * (Extruder temperature/offset values must be calibrated manually.) - * Use M871 to set temperature/offset values manually. - * For more details see https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/probe_temp_compensation.html - */ -//#define PTC_PROBE // Compensate based on probe temperature -//#define PTC_BED // Compensate based on bed temperature -//#define PTC_HOTEND // Compensate based on hotend temperature - -#if ANY(PTC_PROBE, PTC_BED, PTC_HOTEND) - /** - * If the probe is outside the defined range, use linear extrapolation with the closest - * point and the point with index PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION. e.g., If set to 4 it will use the - * linear extrapolation between data[0] and data[4] for values below PTC_PROBE_START. - */ - //#define PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION 4 - - #if ENABLED(PTC_PROBE) - // Probe temperature calibration generates a table of values starting at PTC_PROBE_START - // (e.g., 30), in steps of PTC_PROBE_RES (e.g., 5) with PTC_PROBE_COUNT (e.g., 10) samples. - #define PTC_PROBE_START 30 // (°C) - #define PTC_PROBE_RES 5 // (°C) - #define PTC_PROBE_COUNT 10 - #define PTC_PROBE_ZOFFS { 0 } // (µm) Z adjustments per sample - #endif - - #if ENABLED(PTC_BED) - // Bed temperature calibration builds a similar table. - #define PTC_BED_START 60 // (°C) - #define PTC_BED_RES 5 // (°C) - #define PTC_BED_COUNT 10 - #define PTC_BED_ZOFFS { 0 } // (µm) Z adjustments per sample - #endif - - #if ENABLED(PTC_HOTEND) - // Note: There is no automatic calibration for the hotend. Use M871. - #define PTC_HOTEND_START 180 // (°C) - #define PTC_HOTEND_RES 5 // (°C) - #define PTC_HOTEND_COUNT 20 - #define PTC_HOTEND_ZOFFS { 0 } // (µm) Z adjustments per sample - #endif - - // G76 options - #if BOTH(PTC_PROBE, PTC_BED) - // Park position to wait for probe cooldown - #define PTC_PARK_POS { 0, 0, 100 } - - // Probe position to probe and wait for probe to reach target temperature - //#define PTC_PROBE_POS { 12.0f, 7.3f } // Example: MK52 magnetic heatbed - #define PTC_PROBE_POS { 90, 100 } - - // The temperature the probe should be at while taking measurements during - // bed temperature calibration. - #define PTC_PROBE_TEMP 30 // (°C) - - // Height above Z=0.0 to raise the nozzle. Lowering this can help the probe to heat faster. - // Note: The Z=0.0 offset is determined by the probe Z offset (e.g., as set with M851 Z). - #define PTC_PROBE_HEATING_OFFSET 0.5 - #endif -#endif // PTC_PROBE || PTC_BED || PTC_HOTEND - // @section extras -// -// G60/G61 Position Save and Return -// -//#define SAVED_POSITIONS 1 // Each saved position slot costs 12 bytes - // // G2/G3 Arc Support // -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Requires ~3226 bytes +#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes #if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENT_MM 0.1 // (mm) Minimum length of each arc segment - #define MAX_ARC_SEGMENT_MM 1.0 // (mm) Maximum length of each arc segment - #define MIN_CIRCLE_SEGMENTS 72 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use the feedrate to choose the segment length - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define SF_ARC_FIX // Enable only if using SkeinForge with "Arc Point" fillet procedure + #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment + #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of intertpolated segments between corrections + //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles + //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes #endif -// G5 Bézier Curve Support with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT // Requires ~2666 bytes - -#if EITHER(ARC_SUPPORT, BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT) - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3/G5 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -/** - * Direct Stepping - * - * Comparable to the method used by Klipper, G6 direct stepping significantly - * reduces motion calculations, increases top printing speeds, and results in - * less step aliasing by calculating all motions in advance. - * Preparing your G-code: https://github.com/colinrgodsey/step-daemon - */ -//#define DIRECT_STEPPING +// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. +//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ +// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target +// Set MULTIPLE_PROBING if you want G38 to double touch //#define G38_PROBE_TARGET #if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. + #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move) #endif // Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move #define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 /** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) + * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) @@ -2344,14 +887,13 @@ * * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 /** * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers + * 1 : Minimum for A4988 stepper drivers + * 1 : Minimum for LV8729 stepper drivers * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers @@ -2363,12 +905,12 @@ /** * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver + * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers + * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver + * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver + * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver + * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver * * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ @@ -2383,16 +925,14 @@ //================================= Buffers ================================= //=========================================================================== -// @section motion +// @section hidden -// The number of linear moves that can be in the planner at once. -// The value of BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE must be a power of 2 (e.g., 8, 16, 32) -#if BOTH(SDSUPPORT, DIRECT_STEPPING) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 8 -#elif ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 +// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. +// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller #else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer #endif // @section serial @@ -2402,7 +942,7 @@ #define BUFSIZE 4 // Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of flash (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. +// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. // To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. // For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. // For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. @@ -2432,41 +972,11 @@ //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX #endif -// Monitor RX buffer usage -// Dump an error to the serial port if the serial receive buffer overflows. -// If you see these errors, increase the RX_BUFFER_SIZE value. -// Not supported on all platforms. -//#define RX_BUFFER_MONITOR - -/** - * Emergency Command Parser - * - * Add a low-level parser to intercept certain commands as they - * enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. - * Currently handles M108, M112, M410, M876 - * NOTE: Not yet implemented for all platforms. - */ -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -/** - * Realtime Reporting (requires EMERGENCY_PARSER) - * - * - Report position and state of the machine (like Grbl). - * - Auto-report position during long moves. - * - Useful for CNC/LASER. - * - * Adds support for commands: - * S000 : Report State and Position while moving. - * P000 : Instant Pause / Hold while moving. - * R000 : Resume from Pause / Hold. - * - * - During Hold all Emergency Parser commands are available, as usual. - * - Enable NANODLP_Z_SYNC and NANODLP_ALL_AXIS for move command end-state reports. - */ -//#define REALTIME_REPORTING_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(REALTIME_REPORTING_COMMANDS) - //#define FULL_REPORT_TO_HOST_FEATURE // Auto-report the machine status like Grbl CNC -#endif +// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they +// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. +// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 +// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! +//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER // Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' // Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. @@ -2477,33 +987,8 @@ // Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. //#define ADVANCED_OK -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// For serial echo, the number of digits after the decimal point -//#define SERIAL_FLOAT_PRECISION 4 - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - // @section extras -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - /** * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract * @@ -2517,127 +1002,40 @@ * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. * * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. + * */ -//#define FWRETRACT +//#define FWRETRACT // ONLY PARTIALLY TESTED #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif + #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over + #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion + #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // Default retract length (positive mm) + #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change + #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s) + #define RETRACT_ZLIFT 0 // Default retract Z-lift + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s) #endif /** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. + * Extra Fan Speed + * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. + * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for + * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed + * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed */ -#if HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE_BEFORE_RETRACT // Apply raise before swap retraction (if enabled) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to previous position on tool-change - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN) - //#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE "G12X" // Extra G-code to run after tool-change - #endif - - /** - * Extra G-code to run while executing tool-change commands. Can be used to use an additional - * stepper motor (e.g., I axis in Configuration.h) to drive the tool-changer. - */ - //#define EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_T0 "G28 A\nG1 A0" // Extra G-code to run while executing tool-change command T0 - //#define EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_T1 "G1 A10" // Extra G-code to run while executing tool-change command T1 - //#define EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_ALWAYS_RUN // Always execute above G-code sequences. Use with caution! - - /** - * Tool Sensors detect when tools have been picked up or dropped. - * Requires the pins TOOL_SENSOR1_PIN, TOOL_SENSOR2_PIN, etc. - */ - //#define TOOL_SENSOR - - /** - * Retract and prime filament on tool-change to reduce - * ooze and stringing and to get cleaner transitions. - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - // Load / Unload - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_LENGTH 12 // (mm) Load / Unload length - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_RESUME_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Extra length for better restart. Adjust with LCD or M217 B. - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_RETRACT_SPEED (50*60) // (mm/min) (Unloading) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_UNRETRACT_SPEED (25*60) // (mm/min) (On SINGLENOZZLE or Bowden loading must be slowed down) - - // Longer prime to clean out a SINGLENOZZLE - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra priming length - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED (4.6*60) // (mm/min) Extra priming feedrate - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_WIPE_RETRACT 0 // (mm) Cutting retraction out of park, for less stringing, better wipe, etc. Adjust with LCD or M217 G. - - // Cool after prime to reduce stringing - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN -1 // Fan index or -1 to skip - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_SPEED 255 // 0-255 - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_TIME 10 // (seconds) - - // Use TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED feedrate the first time each extruder is primed - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_SLOW_FIRST_PRIME - - /** - * Prime T0 the first time T0 is sent to the printer: - * [ Power-On -> T0 { Activate & Prime T0 } -> T1 { Retract T0, Activate & Prime T1 } ] - * If disabled, no priming on T0 until switching back to T0 from another extruder: - * [ Power-On -> T0 { T0 Activated } -> T1 { Activate & Prime T1 } -> T0 { Retract T1, Activate & Prime T0 } ] - * Enable with M217 V1 before printing to avoid unwanted priming on host connect. - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_FIRST_USED - - /** - * Tool Change Migration - * This feature provides G-code and LCD options to switch tools mid-print. - * All applicable tool properties are migrated so the print can continue. - * Tools must be closely matching and other restrictions may apply. - * Useful to: - * - Change filament color without interruption - * - Switch spools automatically on filament runout - * - Switch to a different nozzle on an extruder jam - */ - #define TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_FEATURE - - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/min) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_X_ONLY // X axis only move - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_Y_ONLY // Y axis only move - #endif -#endif // HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER - -// @section advanced pause +//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED /** - * Advanced Pause for Filament Change - * - Adds the G-code M600 Filament Change to initiate a filament change. - * - This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. + * Advanced Pause + * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. + * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. + * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. * - * Requirements: - * - For Filament Change parking enable and configure NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * - For user interaction enable an LCD display, HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT, or EMERGENCY_PARSER. - * - * Enable PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE to add the G-code M125 Pause and Park. + * Requires an LCD display. + * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. + * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. */ //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) @@ -2664,307 +1062,140 @@ // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - //#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_ON_INSERT // Automatically continue / load filament when runout sensor is triggered again. - //#define PAUSE_REHEAT_FAST_RESUME // Reduce number of waits by not prompting again post-timeout before continuing. //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // If needed, home before parking for filament change + //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) #endif -// @section tmc_smart +// @section tmc /** - * Trinamic Smart Drivers - * - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode: - * - Connect your SPI pins to the Hardware SPI interface on the board. - * Some boards have simple jumper connections! See your board's documentation. - * - Define the required Stepper CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. - * (See the RAMPS pins, for example.) - * - You can also use Software SPI with GPIO pins instead of Hardware SPI. - * - * To use TMC220x stepper drivers with Serial UART: - * - Connect PDN_UART to the #_SERIAL_TX_PIN through a 1K resistor. - * For reading capabilities also connect PDN_UART to #_SERIAL_RX_PIN with no resistor. - * Some boards have simple jumper connections! See your board's documentation. - * - These drivers can also be used with Hardware Serial. - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for TMC26X stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/TMC26XStepper - * - * The TMCStepper library is required for other TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper + * TMC26X Stepper Driver options * - * @section tmc/config + * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. + * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG || HAS_TMC26X +#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current + #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // in mA + #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // in mOhms + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps - /** - * Interpolate microsteps to 256 - * Override for each driver with _INTERPOLATE settings below - */ - #define INTERPOLATE true - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 // Multiplied x1000 for TMC26X - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // -1..0: Not chained. 1: MCU MOSI connected. 2: Next in chain, ... - //#define X_INTERPOLATE true // Enable to override 'INTERPOLATE' for the X axis - //#define X_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Enable to override 'HOLD_MULTIPLIER' for the X axis - #endif + #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS X_MICROSTEPS - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define X2_INTERPOLATE true - //#define X2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 - #endif + #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define Y_INTERPOLATE true - //#define Y_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 - #endif + #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS Y_MICROSTEPS - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define Y2_INTERPOLATE true - //#define Y2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 - #endif + #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define Z_INTERPOLATE true - //#define Z_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 - #endif + #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define Z2_INTERPOLATE true - //#define Z2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 - #endif + #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define Z3_INTERPOLATE true - //#define Z3_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 - #endif + #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z4) - #define Z4_CURRENT 800 - #define Z4_CURRENT_HOME Z4_CURRENT - #define Z4_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS - #define Z4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define Z4_INTERPOLATE true - //#define Z4_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 - #endif + #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(I) - #define I_CURRENT 800 - #define I_CURRENT_HOME I_CURRENT - #define I_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define I_RSENSE 0.11 - #define I_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define I_INTERPOLATE true - //#define I_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 - #endif + #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(J) - #define J_CURRENT 800 - #define J_CURRENT_HOME J_CURRENT - #define J_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define J_RSENSE 0.11 - #define J_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define J_INTERPOLATE true - //#define J_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 - #endif + #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(K) - #define K_CURRENT 800 - #define K_CURRENT_HOME K_CURRENT - #define K_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define K_RSENSE 0.11 - #define K_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define K_INTERPOLATE true - //#define K_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 - #endif +#endif // TMC26X - #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(U) - #define U_CURRENT 800 - #define U_CURRENT_HOME U_CURRENT - #define U_MICROSTEPS 8 - #define U_RSENSE 0.11 - #define U_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define U_INTERPOLATE true - //#define U_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 - #endif +// @section tmc_smart - #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(V) - #define V_CURRENT 800 - #define V_CURRENT_HOME V_CURRENT - #define V_MICROSTEPS 8 - #define V_RSENSE 0.11 - #define V_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define V_INTERPOLATE true - //#define V_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 - #endif +/** + * To use TMC2130 stepper drivers in SPI mode connect your SPI pins to + * the hardware SPI interface on your board and define the required CS pins + * in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). + * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. + * + * You'll also need the TMC2130Stepper Arduino library + * (https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper). + * + * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers + * connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. + * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN + * to PDN_UART without a resistor. + * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. + * + * You'll also need the TMC2208Stepper Arduino library + * (https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2208Stepper). + */ +#if HAS_TRINAMIC - #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(W) - #define W_CURRENT 800 - #define W_CURRENT_HOME W_CURRENT - #define W_MICROSTEPS 8 - #define W_RSENSE 0.11 - #define W_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define W_INTERPOLATE true - //#define W_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 - #endif + #define R_SENSE 0.11 // R_sense resistor for SilentStepStick2130 + #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current + #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define E0_INTERPOLATE true - //#define E0_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 - #endif + #define X_CURRENT 800 // rms current in mA. Multiply by 1.41 for peak current. + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define E1_INTERPOLATE true - //#define E1_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 - #endif + #define Y_CURRENT 800 + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define E2_INTERPOLATE true - //#define E2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 - #endif + #define Z_CURRENT 800 + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define E3_INTERPOLATE true - //#define E3_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 - #endif + #define X2_CURRENT 800 + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define E4_INTERPOLATE true - //#define E4_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 - #endif + #define Y2_CURRENT 800 + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define E5_INTERPOLATE true - //#define E5_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 - #endif + #define Z2_CURRENT 800 + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E6) - #define E6_CURRENT 800 - #define E6_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E6_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define E6_INTERPOLATE true - //#define E6_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 - #endif + #define E0_CURRENT 800 + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E7) - #define E7_CURRENT 800 - #define E7_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E7_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define E7_INTERPOLATE true - //#define E7_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 - #endif + #define E1_CURRENT 800 + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - // @section tmc/spi + #define E2_CURRENT 800 + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define I_CS_PIN -1 - //#define J_CS_PIN -1 - //#define K_CS_PIN -1 - //#define U_CS_PIN -1 - //#define V_CS_PIN -1 - //#define W_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E6_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E7_CS_PIN -1 + #define E3_CURRENT 800 + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define E4_CURRENT 800 + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). + * Use software SPI for TMC2130. * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, * but you can override or define them here. */ @@ -2973,123 +1204,22 @@ //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - // @section tmc/serial - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define Z4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define I_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define J_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define K_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define U_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define V_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define W_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define E6_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define E7_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - // @section tmc/smart - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - // @section tmc/stealthchop - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. */ - #if HAS_STEALTHCHOP - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_I - #define STEALTHCHOP_J - #define STEALTHCHOP_K - #define STEALTHCHOP_U - #define STEALTHCHOP_V - #define STEALTHCHOP_W - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - #endif - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_09STEP_24V // 0.9 degree steppers (24V) - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Průša firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define your own with: - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // All axes (override below) - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X CHOPPER_TIMING // For X Axes (override below) - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X2 CHOPPER_TIMING_X - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y CHOPPER_TIMING // For Y Axes (override below) - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y2 CHOPPER_TIMING_Y - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z CHOPPER_TIMING // For Z Axes (override below) - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z2 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z3 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z4 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_I CHOPPER_TIMING // For I Axis - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_J CHOPPER_TIMING // For J Axis - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_K CHOPPER_TIMING // For K Axis - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_U CHOPPER_TIMING // For U Axis - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_V CHOPPER_TIMING // For V Axis - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_W CHOPPER_TIMING // For W Axis - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E CHOPPER_TIMING // For Extruders (override below) - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E1 CHOPPER_TIMING_E - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E2 CHOPPER_TIMING_E - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E3 CHOPPER_TIMING_E - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E4 CHOPPER_TIMING_E - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E5 CHOPPER_TIMING_E - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E6 CHOPPER_TIMING_E - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E7 CHOPPER_TIMING_E - - // @section tmc/status + #define STEALTHCHOP /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers - * for error conditions like overtemperature and short to ground. - * To manage over-temp Marlin can decrease the driver current until the error condition clears. + * Monitor Trinamic TMC2130 and TMC2208 drivers for error conditions, + * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial. + * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant G-codes: + * Relevant g-codes: * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) + * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) */ //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS @@ -3099,13 +1229,10 @@ #define STOP_ON_ERROR #endif - // @section tmc/hybrid - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. + * STEALTHCHOP needs to be enabled. * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting */ //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD @@ -3116,119 +1243,125 @@ #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define I_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 // [linear=mm/s, rotational=°/s] - #define J_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 // [linear=mm/s, rotational=°/s] - #define K_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 // [linear=mm/s, rotational=°/s] - #define U_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 // [mm/s] - #define V_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define W_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E6_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E7_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 /** - * Use StallGuard to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. + * Use stallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop. + * You need to place a wire from the driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set HOMING_BUMP_MM to { 0, 0, 0 }. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130/TMC5160 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * Comment *_STALL_SENSITIVITY to disable sensorless homing for that axis. - * @section tmc/stallguard + * X/Y/Z_HOMING_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity. + * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive. + * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive. + * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering. + * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. + * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define Y2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY - //#define Z3_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY - //#define Z4_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY - //#define I_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define J_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define K_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define U_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define V_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define W_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif + //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only - // @section tmc/config - - /** - * TMC Homing stepper phase. - * - * Improve homing repeatability by homing to stepper coil's nearest absolute - * phase position. Trinamic drivers use a stepper phase table with 1024 values - * spanning 4 full steps with 256 positions each (ergo, 1024 positions). - * Full step positions (128, 384, 640, 896) have the highest holding torque. - * - * Values from 0..1023, -1 to disable homing phase for that axis. - */ - //#define TMC_HOME_PHASE { 896, 896, 896 } + #if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) + #define X_HOMING_SENSITIVITY 8 + #define Y_HOMING_SENSITIVITY 8 + #define Z_HOMING_SENSITIVITY 8 + #endif /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. + * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. + * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING + //#define TMC_DEBUG /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continuous reporting. + * M915 Z Axis Calibration + * + * - Adjust Z stepper current, + * - Drive the Z axis to its physical maximum, and + * - Home Z to account for the lost steps. + * + * Use M915 Snn to specify the current. + * Use M925 Znn to add extra Z height to Z_MAX_POS. */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG + //#define TMC_Z_CALIBRATION + #if ENABLED(TMC_Z_CALIBRATION) + #define CALIBRATION_CURRENT 250 + #define CALIBRATION_EXTRA_HEIGHT 10 + #endif /** * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper + * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper + * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2208Stepper * * Example: * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ + * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ + * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ * } */ #define TMC_ADV() { } -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG || HAS_TMC26X +#endif // TMC2130 || TMC2208 -// @section i2cbus +// @section L6470 -// -// I2C Master ID for LPC176x LCD and Digital Current control -// Does not apply to other peripherals based on the Wire library. -// -//#define I2C_MASTER_ID 1 // Set a value from 0 to 2 +/** + * L6470 Stepper Driver options + * + * The Arduino-L6470 library is required for this stepper driver. + * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 + */ +#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) + + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps + #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // maxc current in mA. If the current goes over this value, the driver will switch off + #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // current in mA where the driver will detect a stall + + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 + +#endif // L6470 /** * TWI/I2C BUS @@ -3258,55 +1391,12 @@ * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello */ -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS) - #define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave -#endif - -// @section photo - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: https://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // https://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) +// @section i2cbus - /** - * PHOTO_PULSES_US may need adjustment depending on board and camera model. - * Pin must be running at 48.4kHz. - * Be sure to use a PHOTOGRAPH_PIN which can rise and fall quick enough. - * (e.g., MKS SBase temp sensor pin was too slow, so used P1.23 on J8.) - * - * Example pulse data for Nikon: https://bit.ly/2FKD0Aq - * IR Wiring: https://git.io/JvJf7 - */ - //#define PHOTO_PULSES_US { 2000, 27850, 400, 1580, 400, 3580, 400 } // (µs) Durations for each 48.4kHz oscillation - #ifdef PHOTO_PULSES_US - #define PHOTO_PULSE_DELAY_US 13 // (µs) Approximate duration of each HIGH and LOW pulse in the oscillation - #endif -#endif +//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS +#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave -// @section cnc +// @section extras /** * Spindle & Laser control @@ -3321,198 +1411,40 @@ * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. * - * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/2.0.9/laser_spindle.html for more config details. + * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set to "HIGH" if SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN is active HIGH - - #define SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM // Enable if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT false // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_FREQUENCY 2500 // (Hz) Spindle/laser frequency (only on supported HALs: AVR, ESP32, and LPC) - // ESP32: If SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is onboard then <=78125Hz. For I2S expander - // the frequency determines the PWM resolution. 2500Hz = 0-100, 977Hz = 0-255, ... - // (250000 / SPINDLE_LASER_FREQUENCY) = max value. - #endif - - //#define AIR_EVACUATION // Cutter Vacuum / Laser Blower motor control with G-codes M10-M11 - #if ENABLED(AIR_EVACUATION) - #define AIR_EVACUATION_ACTIVE LOW // Set to "HIGH" if the on/off function is active HIGH - //#define AIR_EVACUATION_PIN 42 // Override the default Cutter Vacuum or Laser Blower pin - #endif +//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE +#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE) - //#define AIR_ASSIST // Air Assist control with G-codes M8-M9 - #if ENABLED(AIR_ASSIST) - #define AIR_ASSIST_ACTIVE LOW // Active state on air assist pin - //#define AIR_ASSIST_PIN 44 // Override the default Air Assist pin - #endif - - //#define SPINDLE_SERVO // A servo converting an angle to spindle power - #ifdef SPINDLE_SERVO - #define SPINDLE_SERVO_NR 0 // Index of servo used for spindle control - #define SPINDLE_SERVO_MIN 10 // Minimum angle for servo spindle - #endif + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT false // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop + #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction + #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false + #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction /** - * Speed / Power can be set ('M3 S') and displayed in terms of: - * - PWM255 (S0 - S255) - * - PERCENT (S0 - S100) - * - RPM (S0 - S50000) Best for use with a spindle - * - SERVO (S0 - S180) - */ - #define CUTTER_POWER_UNIT PWM255 - - /** - * Relative Cutter Power - * Normally, 'M3 O' sets - * OCR power is relative to the range SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX. - * so input powers of 0...255 correspond to SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX - * instead of normal range (0 to SPEED_POWER_MAX). - * Best used with (e.g.) SuperPID router controller: S0 = 5,000 RPM and S255 = 30,000 RPM + * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power + * + * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT + * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 + * + * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) */ - //#define CUTTER_POWER_RELATIVE // Set speed proportional to [SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX] - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - /** - * M3/M4 Power Equation - * - * Each tool uses different value ranges for speed / power control. - * These parameters are used to convert between tool power units and PWM. - * - * Speed/Power = (PWMDC / 255 * 100 - SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE - * PWMDC = (spdpwr - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / (SPEED_POWER_MAX - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE - */ - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM) - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 // (RPM) - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // (RPM) SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 25000 // (RPM) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments) - #endif - - #else - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM) - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 0 // (%) 0-100 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // (%) 0-100 - #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 80 // (%) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments) - #endif - - // Define the minimum and maximum test pulse time values for a laser test fire function - #define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MIN 1 // (ms) Used with Laser Control Menu - #define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MAX 999 // (ms) Caution: Menu may not show more than 3 characters - - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - /** - * Laser Safety Timeout - * - * The laser should be turned off when there is no movement for a period of time. - * Consider material flammability, cut rate, and G-code order when setting this - * value. Too low and it could turn off during a very slow move; too high and - * the material could ignite. - */ - #define LASER_SAFETY_TIMEOUT_MS 1000 // (ms) + #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 + #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 + #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 + #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - /** - * Any M3 or G1/2/3/5 command with the 'I' parameter enables continuous inline power mode. - * - * e.g., 'M3 I' enables continuous inline power which is processed by the planner. - * Power is stored in move blocks and applied when blocks are processed by the Stepper ISR. - * - * 'M4 I' sets dynamic mode which uses the current feedrate to calculate a laser power OCR value. - * - * Any move in dynamic mode will use the current feedrate to calculate the laser power. - * Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000 - * Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256. - * The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 . - * More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases. - * - * M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on. - */ - - /** - * Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing. - * This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in - * CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting - * for a planner syncronization - */ - //#define LASER_POWER_SYNC - - /** - * Scale the laser's power in proportion to the movement rate. - * - * - Sets the entry power proportional to the entry speed over the nominal speed. - * - Ramps the power up every N steps to approximate the speed trapezoid. - * - Due to the limited power resolution this is only approximate. - */ - //#define LASER_POWER_TRAP - - // - // Laser I2C Ammeter (High precision INA226 low/high side module) - // - //#define I2C_AMMETER - #if ENABLED(I2C_AMMETER) - #define I2C_AMMETER_IMAX 0.1 // (Amps) Calibration value for the expected current range - #define I2C_AMMETER_SHUNT_RESISTOR 0.1 // (Ohms) Calibration shunt resistor value - #endif - - // - // Laser Coolant Flow Meter - // - //#define LASER_COOLANT_FLOW_METER - #if ENABLED(LASER_COOLANT_FLOW_METER) - #define FLOWMETER_PIN 20 // Requires an external interrupt-enabled pin (e.g., RAMPS 2,3,18,19,20,21) - #define FLOWMETER_PPL 5880 // (pulses/liter) Flow meter pulses-per-liter on the input pin - #define FLOWMETER_INTERVAL 1000 // (ms) Flow rate calculation interval in milliseconds - #define FLOWMETER_SAFETY // Prevent running the laser without the minimum flow rate set below - #if ENABLED(FLOWMETER_SAFETY) - #define FLOWMETER_MIN_LITERS_PER_MINUTE 1.5 // (liters/min) Minimum flow required when enabled - #endif - #endif - - #endif -#endif // SPINDLE_FEATURE || LASER_FEATURE - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * Marlin normally applies M106/M107 fan speeds at a time "soon after" processing - * a planner block. This is too inaccurate for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan - * header (as with some add-on laser kits). Enable this option to set fan/laser - * speeds with much more exact timing for improved print fidelity. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed + //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 + //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 + //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 + //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% #endif -// @section filament width - /** * Filament Width Sensor * @@ -3546,44 +1478,6 @@ //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY #endif -// @section power - -/** - * Power Monitor - * Monitor voltage (V) and/or current (A), and -when possible- power (W) - * - * Read and configure with M430 - * - * The current sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured current) to an analog pin - * The voltage sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured voltage) to an analog pin - */ -//#define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT // Monitor the system current -//#define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE // Monitor the system voltage - -#if ENABLED(POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT) - #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_AMP 0.05000 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per amp - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF! - #define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT_OFFSET 0 // Offset (in amps) applied to the calculated current - #define POWER_MONITOR_FIXED_VOLTAGE 13.6 // Voltage for a current sensor with no voltage sensor (for power display) -#endif - -#if ENABLED(POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE) - #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_VOLT 0.077933 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per volt - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF! - #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE_OFFSET 0 // Offset (in volts) applied to the calculated voltage -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * Stepper Driver Anti-SNAFU Protection - * - * If the SAFE_POWER_PIN is defined for your board, Marlin will check - * that stepper drivers are properly plugged in before applying power. - * Disable protection if your stepper drivers don't support the feature. - */ -//#define DISABLE_DRIVER_SAFE_POWER_PROTECT - -// @section cnc - /** * CNC Coordinate Systems * @@ -3592,45 +1486,20 @@ */ //#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS -// @section reporting - /** - * Auto-report fan speed with M123 S - * Requires fans with tachometer pins + * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins */ -//#define AUTO_REPORT_FANS +//#define PINS_DEBUGGING /** * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S */ #define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES -#if ENABLED(AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES) && TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT - //#define AUTO_REPORT_REDUNDANT // Include the "R" sensor in the auto-report -#endif - -/** - * Auto-report position with M154 S - */ -//#define AUTO_REPORT_POSITION /** * Include capabilities in M115 output */ #define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT -#if ENABLED(EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT) - //#define M115_GEOMETRY_REPORT -#endif - -// @section security - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -// @section volumetrics /** * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options @@ -3643,51 +1512,11 @@ * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter (and enable volumetric). - * M200 S0/S1 to disable/enable volumetric extrusion. + * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. */ //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON - - //#define VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT - #if ENABLED(VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT) - /** - * Default volumetric extrusion limit in cubic mm per second (mm^3/sec). - * This factory setting applies to all extruders. - * Use 'M200 [T] L' to override and 'M502' to reset. - * A non-zero value activates Volume-based Extrusion Limiting. - */ - #define DEFAULT_VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT 0.00 // (mm^3/sec) - #endif #endif -// @section reporting - -// Extra options for the M114 "Current Position" report -//#define M114_DETAIL // Use 'M114` for details to check planner calculations -//#define M114_REALTIME // Real current position based on forward kinematics -//#define M114_LEGACY // M114 used to synchronize on every call. Enable if needed. - -//#define REPORT_FAN_CHANGE // Report the new fan speed when changed by M106 (and others) - -// @section gcode - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the G-code parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -#if ENABLED(FASTER_GCODE_PARSER) - //#define GCODE_QUOTED_STRINGS // Support for quoted string parameters -#endif - -// Support for MeatPack G-code compression (https://github.com/scottmudge/OctoPrint-MeatPack) -//#define MEATPACK_ON_SERIAL_PORT_1 -//#define MEATPACK_ON_SERIAL_PORT_2 - -//#define GCODE_CASE_INSENSITIVE // Accept G-code sent to the firmware in lowercase - -//#define REPETIER_GCODE_M360 // Add commands originally from Repetier FW - /** * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. @@ -3698,194 +1527,74 @@ //#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS /** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/min) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -// @section gcode - -/** - * Startup commands + * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. + * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. + * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. + * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" +#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 /** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. + * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif +#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER /** - * User-defined menu items to run custom G-code. - * Up to 25 may be defined, but the actual number is LCD-dependent. + * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode */ +//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS +#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) + #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" + #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK + //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script -// @section custom main menu - -// Custom Menu: Main Menu -//#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN) - //#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_ONLY_IDLE // Only show custom menu when the machine is idle - - #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_DESC "Home & UBL Info" - #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_GCODE "G28\nG29 W" - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_CONFIRM // Show a confirmation dialog before this action - - #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_CONFIRM - - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_CONFIRM - - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_DESC "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_CONFIRM + #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" + #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_DESC "Home & Info" - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_GCODE "G28\nM503" - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_CONFIRM -#endif - -// @section custom config menu - -// Custom Menu: Configuration Menu -//#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG) - //#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 Wireless Script Done" - #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_ONLY_IDLE // Only show custom menu when the machine is idle + #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for PLA" + #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_DESC "Wifi ON" - #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] WIFI-STA pwd=12345678" - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_CONFIRM // Show a confirmation dialog before this action + #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for ABS" + #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_DESC "Bluetooth ON" - #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] BT pwd=12345678" - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_CONFIRM + #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" + #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_DESC "Radio OFF" - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] OFF pwd=12345678" - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_CONFIRM - - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_DESC "Wifi ????" - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_GCODE "M118 ????" - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_CONFIRM - - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_DESC "Wifi ????" - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_GCODE "M118 ????" - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_CONFIRM + #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" + #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" #endif -// @section custom buttons - /** - * User-defined buttons to run custom G-code. - * Up to 25 may be defined. + * Specify an action command to send to the host when the printer is killed. + * Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_KILL', e.g. '//action:poweroff'. + * The host must be configured to handle the action command. */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_BUTTONS) - //#define BUTTON1_PIN -1 - #if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON1) - #define BUTTON1_HIT_STATE LOW // State of the triggered button. NC=LOW. NO=HIGH. - #define BUTTON1_WHEN_PRINTING false // Button allowed to trigger during printing? - #define BUTTON1_GCODE "G28" - #define BUTTON1_DESC "Homing" // Optional string to set the LCD status - #endif - - //#define BUTTON2_PIN -1 - #if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON2) - #define BUTTON2_HIT_STATE LOW - #define BUTTON2_WHEN_PRINTING false - #define BUTTON2_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - #define BUTTON2_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #endif - - //#define BUTTON3_PIN -1 - #if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON3) - #define BUTTON3_HIT_STATE LOW - #define BUTTON3_WHEN_PRINTING false - #define BUTTON3_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - #define BUTTON3_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #endif -#endif - -// @section host +//#define ACTION_ON_KILL "poweroff" /** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. + * Specify an action command to send to the host on pause and resume. + * Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_PAUSE', e.g. '//action:pause'. + * The host must be configured to handle the action command. */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PAUSE_M76 // Tell the host to pause in response to M76 - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT // Initiate host prompts to get user feedback - #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) - //#define HOST_STATUS_NOTIFICATIONS // Send some status messages to the host as notifications - #endif - //#define HOST_START_MENU_ITEM // Add a menu item that tells the host to start - //#define HOST_SHUTDOWN_MENU_ITEM // Add a menu item that tells the host to shut down -#endif +//#define ACTION_ON_PAUSE "pause" +//#define ACTION_ON_RESUME "resume" -// @section extras - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS -#if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) - #define CANCEL_OBJECTS_REPORTING // Emit the current object as a status message -#endif +//=========================================================================== +//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ====================== +//=========================================================================== /** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. + * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. + * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. * - * Wiki: https://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder + * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder + * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder * - * Supplier: https://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: https://reliabuild3d.com/ + * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module + * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - * @section i2c encoders + * Reilabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. */ //#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS @@ -3937,7 +1646,7 @@ //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. + // disable abort behaviour. #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder @@ -3950,70 +1659,16 @@ */ #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - // Use a rolling average to identify persistent errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. + // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE #endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - * @section joystick - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - //#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed - //#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed - //#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed - - // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } - //#define JOYSTICK_DEBUG -#endif - -/** - * Mechanical Gantry Calibration - * Modern replacement for the Průša TMC_Z_CALIBRATION. - * Adds capability to work with any adjustable current drivers. - * Implemented as G34 because M915 is deprecated. - * @section calibrate - */ -//#define MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION -#if ENABLED(MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION) - #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_CURRENT 600 // Default calibration current in ma - #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_EXTRA_HEIGHT 15 // Extra distance in mm past Z_###_POS to move - #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE 500 // Feedrate for correction move - //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_TO_MIN // Enable to calibrate Z in the MIN direction - - //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_SAFE_POSITION XY_CENTER // Safe position for nozzle - //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_XY_PARK_FEEDRATE 3000 // XY Park Feedrate - MMM - //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_PRE "" - #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_POST "G28" // G28 highly recommended to ensure an accurate position -#endif - -/** - * Instant freeze / unfreeze functionality - * Potentially useful for emergency stop that allows being resumed. - * @section interface - */ -//#define FREEZE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(FREEZE_FEATURE) - //#define FREEZE_PIN 41 // Override the default (KILL) pin here - #define FREEZE_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating freeze -#endif - /** * MAX7219 Debug Matrix * * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - * @section debug matrix */ //#define MAX7219_DEBUG #if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) @@ -4022,236 +1677,37 @@ #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Test pattern at startup: 0=none, 1=sweep, 2=spiral + #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The order of the LED matrix units may be reversed - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_EACH // The LEDs in each matrix unit row may be reversed - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - /** * Sample debug features * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! */ #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 2 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 4 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix - // row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is. - // See class CodeProfiler. #endif /** * NanoDLP Sync support * - * Support for Synchronized Z moves when used with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will - * output a "Z_move_comp" string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. - * This feature allows you to use [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of M400 commands. - * @section nanodlp + * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" + * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use + * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands */ //#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC #if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Send a "Z_move_comp" report for any axis move (not just Z). -#endif - -/** - * Ethernet. Use M552 to enable and set the IP address. - * @section network - */ -#if HAS_ETHERNET - #define MAC_ADDRESS { 0xDE, 0xAD, 0xBE, 0xEF, 0xF0, 0x0D } // A MAC address unique to your network + //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. + // Default behaviour is limited to Z axis only. #endif -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi management -//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib) - -#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery) - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates - //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host - - /** - * To set a default WiFi SSID / Password, create a file called Configuration_Secure.h with - * the following defines, customized for your network. This specific file is excluded via - * .gitignore to prevent it from accidentally leaking to the public. - * - * #define WIFI_SSID "WiFi SSID" - * #define WIFI_PWD "WiFi Password" - */ - //#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with WiFi SSID / Password -#endif - -// @section multi-material - -/** - * Průša Multi-Material Unit (MMU) - * Enable in Configuration.h - * - * These devices allow a single stepper driver on the board to drive - * multi-material feeders with any number of stepper motors. - */ -#if HAS_PRUSA_MMU1 - /** - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - * - * Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - * Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - */ - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#elif HAS_PRUSA_MMU2 - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - #define MMU2_SERIAL_PORT 2 - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if EITHER(MMU2_MENUS, HAS_PRUSA_MMU2S) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Průša MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 1145 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - #endif - - /** - * Using a sensor like the MMU2S - * This mode requires a MK3S extruder with a sensor at the extruder idler, like the MMU2S. - * See https://help.prusa3d.com/en/guide/3b-mk3s-mk2-5s-extruder-upgrade_41560, step 11 - */ - #if HAS_PRUSA_MMU2S - #define MMU2_C0_RETRY 5 // Number of retries (total time = timeout*retries) - - #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE 800 // (mm/min) - #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_SEQUENCE \ - { 0.1, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \ - { 60.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \ - { -52.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE } - - #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_RETRACT 6.0 // (mm) Keep under the distance between Load Sequence values - #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_DEVIATION 0.8 // (mm) Acceptable deviation - - #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT 0.2 // (mm) To reuse within MMU2 module - #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT_SEQUENCE \ - { -MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE } - - #else - - /** - * MMU1 Extruder Sensor - * - * Support for a Průša (or other) IR Sensor to detect filament near the extruder - * and make loading more reliable. Suitable for an extruder equipped with a filament - * sensor less than 38mm from the gears. - * - * During loading the extruder will stop when the sensor is triggered, then do a last - * move up to the gears. If no filament is detected, the MMU2 can make some more attempts. - * If all attempts fail, a filament runout will be triggered. - */ - //#define MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR - #if ENABLED(MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR) - #define MMU_LOADING_ATTEMPTS_NR 5 // max. number of attempts to load filament if first load fail - #endif - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // HAS_PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - * @section stats - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher to debug memory usage -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER - -// -// M42 - Set pin states -// -//#define DIRECT_PIN_CONTROL - -// -// M43 - display pin status, toggle pins, watch pins, watch endstops & toggle LED, test servo probe -// -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Tests that will run at startup and produce a report -//#define MARLIN_TEST_BUILD - // Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands //#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE -#if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE) - /** - * D576 - Buffer Monitoring - * To help diagnose print quality issues stemming from empty command buffers. - */ - //#define BUFFER_MONITORING -#endif - -/** - * Postmortem Debugging captures misbehavior and outputs the CPU status and backtrace to serial. - * When running in the debugger it will break for debugging. This is useful to help understand - * a crash from a remote location. Requires ~400 bytes of SRAM and 5Kb of flash. - */ -//#define POSTMORTEM_DEBUGGING - -/** - * Software Reset options - */ -//#define SOFT_RESET_VIA_SERIAL // 'KILL' and '^X' commands will soft-reset the controller -//#define SOFT_RESET_ON_KILL // Use a digital button to soft-reset the controller after KILL - -// Report uncleaned reset reason from register r2 instead of MCUSR. Supported by Optiboot on AVR. -//#define OPTIBOOT_RESET_REASON +#endif // CONFIGURATION_ADV_H \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/platformio.ini b/platformio.ini index 991c17b2ff7c3..49e9bbf37c3c3 100644 --- a/platformio.ini +++ b/platformio.ini @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ [platformio] src_dir = Marlin boards_dir = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards -default_envs = mega2560 +default_envs = lpc1768 include_dir = Marlin extra_configs = Marlin/config.ini